mirror of
				https://github.com/tmux/tmux.git
				synced 2025-11-04 09:44:18 +00:00 
			
		
		
		
	
		
			
				
	
	
		
			7738 lines
		
	
	
		
			180 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			Groff
		
	
	
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			7738 lines
		
	
	
		
			180 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			Groff
		
	
	
	
	
	
.\" $OpenBSD$
 | 
						|
.\"
 | 
						|
.\" Copyright (c) 2007 Nicholas Marriott <nicholas.marriott@gmail.com>
 | 
						|
.\"
 | 
						|
.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
 | 
						|
.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
 | 
						|
.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
 | 
						|
.\"
 | 
						|
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
 | 
						|
.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
 | 
						|
.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
 | 
						|
.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
 | 
						|
.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF MIND, USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER
 | 
						|
.\" IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING
 | 
						|
.\" OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
 | 
						|
.\"
 | 
						|
.Dd $Mdocdate$
 | 
						|
.Dt TMUX 1
 | 
						|
.Os
 | 
						|
.Sh NAME
 | 
						|
.Nm tmux
 | 
						|
.Nd terminal multiplexer
 | 
						|
.Sh SYNOPSIS
 | 
						|
.Nm tmux
 | 
						|
.Bk -words
 | 
						|
.Op Fl 2CDlNuVv
 | 
						|
.Op Fl c Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
.Op Fl f Ar file
 | 
						|
.Op Fl L Ar socket-name
 | 
						|
.Op Fl S Ar socket-path
 | 
						|
.Op Fl T Ar features
 | 
						|
.Op Ar command Op Ar flags
 | 
						|
.Ek
 | 
						|
.Sh DESCRIPTION
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
is a terminal multiplexer:
 | 
						|
it enables a number of terminals to be created, accessed, and
 | 
						|
controlled from a single screen.
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
may be detached from a screen
 | 
						|
and continue running in the background,
 | 
						|
then later reattached.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
When
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
is started, it creates a new
 | 
						|
.Em session
 | 
						|
with a single
 | 
						|
.Em window
 | 
						|
and displays it on screen.
 | 
						|
A status line at the bottom of the screen
 | 
						|
shows information on the current session
 | 
						|
and is used to enter interactive commands.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
A session is a single collection of
 | 
						|
.Em pseudo terminals
 | 
						|
under the management of
 | 
						|
.Nm .
 | 
						|
Each session has one or more
 | 
						|
windows linked to it.
 | 
						|
A window occupies the entire screen
 | 
						|
and may be split into rectangular panes,
 | 
						|
each of which is a separate pseudo terminal
 | 
						|
(the
 | 
						|
.Xr pty 4
 | 
						|
manual page documents the technical details of pseudo terminals).
 | 
						|
Any number of
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
instances may connect to the same session,
 | 
						|
and any number of windows may be present in the same session.
 | 
						|
Once all sessions are killed,
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
exits.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Each session is persistent and will survive accidental disconnection
 | 
						|
(such as
 | 
						|
.Xr ssh 1
 | 
						|
connection timeout) or intentional detaching (with the
 | 
						|
.Ql C-b d
 | 
						|
key strokes).
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
may be reattached using:
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Dl $ tmux attach
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
In
 | 
						|
.Nm ,
 | 
						|
a session is displayed on screen by a
 | 
						|
.Em client
 | 
						|
and all sessions are managed by a single
 | 
						|
.Em server .
 | 
						|
The server and each client are separate processes which communicate through a
 | 
						|
socket in
 | 
						|
.Pa /tmp .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The options are as follows:
 | 
						|
.Bl -tag -width "XXXXXXXXXXXX"
 | 
						|
.It Fl 2
 | 
						|
Force
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
to assume the terminal supports 256 colours.
 | 
						|
This is equivalent to
 | 
						|
.Fl T Ar 256 .
 | 
						|
.It Fl C
 | 
						|
Start in control mode (see the
 | 
						|
.Sx CONTROL MODE
 | 
						|
section).
 | 
						|
Given twice
 | 
						|
.Xo ( Fl CC ) Xc
 | 
						|
disables echo.
 | 
						|
.It Fl c Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
Execute
 | 
						|
.Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
using the default shell.
 | 
						|
If necessary, the
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
server will be started to retrieve the
 | 
						|
.Ic default-shell
 | 
						|
option.
 | 
						|
This option is for compatibility with
 | 
						|
.Xr sh 1
 | 
						|
when
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
is used as a login shell.
 | 
						|
.It Fl D
 | 
						|
Do not start the
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
server as a daemon.
 | 
						|
This also turns the
 | 
						|
.Ic exit-empty
 | 
						|
option off.
 | 
						|
With
 | 
						|
.Fl D ,
 | 
						|
.Ar command
 | 
						|
may not be specified.
 | 
						|
.It Fl f Ar file
 | 
						|
Specify an alternative configuration file.
 | 
						|
By default,
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
loads the system configuration file from
 | 
						|
.Pa /etc/tmux.conf ,
 | 
						|
if present, then looks for a user configuration file at
 | 
						|
.Pa \[ti]/.tmux.conf .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The configuration file is a set of
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
commands which are executed in sequence when the server is first started.
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
loads configuration files once when the server process has started.
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Ic source-file
 | 
						|
command may be used to load a file later.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
shows any error messages from commands in configuration files in the first
 | 
						|
session created, and continues to process the rest of the configuration file.
 | 
						|
.It Fl L Ar socket-name
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
stores the server socket in a directory under
 | 
						|
.Ev TMUX_TMPDIR
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Pa /tmp
 | 
						|
if it is unset.
 | 
						|
The default socket is named
 | 
						|
.Em default .
 | 
						|
This option allows a different socket name to be specified, allowing several
 | 
						|
independent
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
servers to be run.
 | 
						|
Unlike
 | 
						|
.Fl S
 | 
						|
a full path is not necessary: the sockets are all created in a directory
 | 
						|
.Pa tmux-UID
 | 
						|
under the directory given by
 | 
						|
.Ev TMUX_TMPDIR
 | 
						|
or in
 | 
						|
.Pa /tmp .
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Pa tmux-UID
 | 
						|
directory is created by
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
and must not be world readable, writable or executable.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
If the socket is accidentally removed, the
 | 
						|
.Dv SIGUSR1
 | 
						|
signal may be sent to the
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
server process to recreate it (note that this will fail if any parent
 | 
						|
directories are missing).
 | 
						|
.It Fl l
 | 
						|
Behave as a login shell.
 | 
						|
This flag currently has no effect and is for compatibility with other shells
 | 
						|
when using tmux as a login shell.
 | 
						|
.It Fl N
 | 
						|
Do not start the server even if the command would normally do so (for example
 | 
						|
.Ic new-session
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ic start-server ) .
 | 
						|
.It Fl S Ar socket-path
 | 
						|
Specify a full alternative path to the server socket.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl S
 | 
						|
is specified, the default socket directory is not used and any
 | 
						|
.Fl L
 | 
						|
flag is ignored.
 | 
						|
.It Fl T Ar features
 | 
						|
Set terminal features for the client.
 | 
						|
This is a comma-separated list of features.
 | 
						|
See the
 | 
						|
.Ic terminal-features
 | 
						|
option.
 | 
						|
.It Fl u
 | 
						|
Write UTF-8 output to the terminal even if the first environment
 | 
						|
variable of
 | 
						|
.Ev LC_ALL ,
 | 
						|
.Ev LC_CTYPE ,
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ev LANG
 | 
						|
that is set does not contain
 | 
						|
.Qq UTF-8
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Qq UTF8 .
 | 
						|
.It Fl V
 | 
						|
Report the
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
version.
 | 
						|
.It Fl v
 | 
						|
Request verbose logging.
 | 
						|
Log messages will be saved into
 | 
						|
.Pa tmux-client-PID.log
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Pa tmux-server-PID.log
 | 
						|
files in the current directory, where
 | 
						|
.Em PID
 | 
						|
is the PID of the server or client process.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl v
 | 
						|
is specified twice, an additional
 | 
						|
.Pa tmux-out-PID.log
 | 
						|
file is generated with a copy of everything
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
writes to the terminal.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Dv SIGUSR2
 | 
						|
signal may be sent to the
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
server process to toggle logging between on (as if
 | 
						|
.Fl v
 | 
						|
was given) and off.
 | 
						|
.It Ar command Op Ar flags
 | 
						|
This specifies one of a set of commands used to control
 | 
						|
.Nm ,
 | 
						|
as described in the following sections.
 | 
						|
If no commands are specified, the
 | 
						|
.Ic new-session
 | 
						|
command is assumed.
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Sh DEFAULT KEY BINDINGS
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
may be controlled from an attached client by using a key combination of a
 | 
						|
prefix key,
 | 
						|
.Ql C-b
 | 
						|
(Ctrl-b) by default, followed by a command key.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The default command key bindings are:
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Bl -tag -width "XXXXXXXXXX" -offset indent -compact
 | 
						|
.It C-b
 | 
						|
Send the prefix key (C-b) through to the application.
 | 
						|
.It C-o
 | 
						|
Rotate the panes in the current window forwards.
 | 
						|
.It C-z
 | 
						|
Suspend the
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
client.
 | 
						|
.It !
 | 
						|
Break the current pane out of the window.
 | 
						|
.It \&"
 | 
						|
.\" "
 | 
						|
Split the current pane into two, top and bottom.
 | 
						|
.It #
 | 
						|
List all paste buffers.
 | 
						|
.It $
 | 
						|
Rename the current session.
 | 
						|
.It %
 | 
						|
Split the current pane into two, left and right.
 | 
						|
.It &
 | 
						|
Kill the current window.
 | 
						|
.It \[aq]
 | 
						|
Prompt for a window index to select.
 | 
						|
.It \&(
 | 
						|
Switch the attached client to the previous session.
 | 
						|
.It \&)
 | 
						|
Switch the attached client to the next session.
 | 
						|
.It ,
 | 
						|
Rename the current window.
 | 
						|
.It -
 | 
						|
Delete the most recently copied buffer of text.
 | 
						|
.It .
 | 
						|
Prompt for an index to move the current window.
 | 
						|
.It 0 to 9
 | 
						|
Select windows 0 to 9.
 | 
						|
.It :
 | 
						|
Enter the
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
command prompt.
 | 
						|
.It ;
 | 
						|
Move to the previously active pane.
 | 
						|
.It =
 | 
						|
Choose which buffer to paste interactively from a list.
 | 
						|
.It \&?
 | 
						|
List all key bindings.
 | 
						|
.It D
 | 
						|
Choose a client to detach.
 | 
						|
.It L
 | 
						|
Switch the attached client back to the last session.
 | 
						|
.It \&[
 | 
						|
Enter copy mode to copy text or view the history.
 | 
						|
.It \&]
 | 
						|
Paste the most recently copied buffer of text.
 | 
						|
.It c
 | 
						|
Create a new window.
 | 
						|
.It d
 | 
						|
Detach the current client.
 | 
						|
.It f
 | 
						|
Prompt to search for text in open windows.
 | 
						|
.It i
 | 
						|
Display some information about the current window.
 | 
						|
.It l
 | 
						|
Move to the previously selected window.
 | 
						|
.It m
 | 
						|
Mark the current pane (see
 | 
						|
.Ic select-pane
 | 
						|
.Fl m ) .
 | 
						|
.It M
 | 
						|
Clear the marked pane.
 | 
						|
.It n
 | 
						|
Change to the next window.
 | 
						|
.It o
 | 
						|
Select the next pane in the current window.
 | 
						|
.It p
 | 
						|
Change to the previous window.
 | 
						|
.It q
 | 
						|
Briefly display pane indexes.
 | 
						|
.It r
 | 
						|
Force redraw of the attached client.
 | 
						|
.It s
 | 
						|
Select a new session for the attached client interactively.
 | 
						|
.It t
 | 
						|
Show the time.
 | 
						|
.It w
 | 
						|
Choose the current window interactively.
 | 
						|
.It x
 | 
						|
Kill the current pane.
 | 
						|
.It z
 | 
						|
Toggle zoom state of the current pane.
 | 
						|
.It {
 | 
						|
Swap the current pane with the previous pane.
 | 
						|
.It }
 | 
						|
Swap the current pane with the next pane.
 | 
						|
.It \[ti]
 | 
						|
Show previous messages from
 | 
						|
.Nm ,
 | 
						|
if any.
 | 
						|
.It Page Up
 | 
						|
Enter copy mode and scroll one page up.
 | 
						|
.It Up, Down
 | 
						|
.It Left, Right
 | 
						|
Change to the pane above, below, to the left, or to the right of the current
 | 
						|
pane.
 | 
						|
.It M-1 to M-5
 | 
						|
Arrange panes in one of the seven preset layouts:
 | 
						|
even-horizontal, even-vertical,
 | 
						|
main-horizontal, main-horizontal-mirrored,
 | 
						|
main-vertical, main-vertical, or tiled.
 | 
						|
.It Space
 | 
						|
Arrange the current window in the next preset layout.
 | 
						|
.It M-n
 | 
						|
Move to the next window with a bell or activity marker.
 | 
						|
.It M-o
 | 
						|
Rotate the panes in the current window backwards.
 | 
						|
.It M-p
 | 
						|
Move to the previous window with a bell or activity marker.
 | 
						|
.It C-Up, C-Down
 | 
						|
.It C-Left, C-Right
 | 
						|
Resize the current pane in steps of one cell.
 | 
						|
.It M-Up, M-Down
 | 
						|
.It M-Left, M-Right
 | 
						|
Resize the current pane in steps of five cells.
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Key bindings may be changed with the
 | 
						|
.Ic bind-key
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ic unbind-key
 | 
						|
commands.
 | 
						|
.Sh COMMAND PARSING AND EXECUTION
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
supports a large number of commands which can be used to control its
 | 
						|
behaviour.
 | 
						|
Each command is named and can accept zero or more flags and arguments.
 | 
						|
They may be bound to a key with the
 | 
						|
.Ic bind-key
 | 
						|
command or run from the shell prompt, a shell script, a configuration file or
 | 
						|
the command prompt.
 | 
						|
For example, the same
 | 
						|
.Ic set-option
 | 
						|
command run from the shell prompt, from
 | 
						|
.Pa \[ti]/.tmux.conf
 | 
						|
and bound to a key may look like:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
$ tmux set-option -g status-style bg=cyan
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
set-option -g status-style bg=cyan
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bind-key C set-option -g status-style bg=cyan
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Here, the command name is
 | 
						|
.Ql set-option ,
 | 
						|
.Ql Fl g
 | 
						|
is a flag and
 | 
						|
.Ql status-style
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ql bg=cyan
 | 
						|
are arguments.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
distinguishes between command parsing and execution.
 | 
						|
In order to execute a command,
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
needs it to be split up into its name and arguments.
 | 
						|
This is command parsing.
 | 
						|
If a command is run from the shell, the shell parses it; from inside
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
or from a configuration file,
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
does.
 | 
						|
Examples of when
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
parses commands are:
 | 
						|
.Bl -dash -offset indent
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
in a configuration file;
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
typed at the command prompt (see
 | 
						|
.Ic command-prompt ) ;
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
given to
 | 
						|
.Ic bind-key ;
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
passed as arguments to
 | 
						|
.Ic if-shell
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ic confirm-before .
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
To execute commands, each client has a
 | 
						|
.Ql command queue .
 | 
						|
A global command queue not attached to any client is used on startup
 | 
						|
for configuration files like
 | 
						|
.Pa \[ti]/.tmux.conf .
 | 
						|
Parsed commands added to the queue are executed in order.
 | 
						|
Some commands, like
 | 
						|
.Ic if-shell
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ic confirm-before ,
 | 
						|
parse their argument to create a new command which is inserted immediately
 | 
						|
after themselves.
 | 
						|
This means that arguments can be parsed twice or more - once when the parent
 | 
						|
command (such as
 | 
						|
.Ic if-shell )
 | 
						|
is parsed and again when it parses and executes its command.
 | 
						|
Commands like
 | 
						|
.Ic if-shell ,
 | 
						|
.Ic run-shell
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ic display-panes
 | 
						|
stop execution of subsequent commands on the queue until something happens -
 | 
						|
.Ic if-shell
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ic run-shell
 | 
						|
until a shell command finishes and
 | 
						|
.Ic display-panes
 | 
						|
until a key is pressed.
 | 
						|
For example, the following commands:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
new-session; new-window
 | 
						|
if-shell "true" "split-window"
 | 
						|
kill-session
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Will execute
 | 
						|
.Ic new-session ,
 | 
						|
.Ic new-window ,
 | 
						|
.Ic if-shell ,
 | 
						|
the shell command
 | 
						|
.Xr true 1 ,
 | 
						|
.Ic split-window
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ic kill-session
 | 
						|
in that order.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Sx COMMANDS
 | 
						|
section lists the
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
commands and their arguments.
 | 
						|
.Sh PARSING SYNTAX
 | 
						|
This section describes the syntax of commands parsed by
 | 
						|
.Nm ,
 | 
						|
for example in a configuration file or at the command prompt.
 | 
						|
Note that when commands are entered into the shell, they are parsed by the shell
 | 
						|
- see for example
 | 
						|
.Xr ksh 1
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Xr csh 1 .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Each command is terminated by a newline or a semicolon (;).
 | 
						|
Commands separated by semicolons together form a
 | 
						|
.Ql command sequence
 | 
						|
- if a command in the sequence encounters an error, no subsequent commands are
 | 
						|
executed.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
It is recommended that a semicolon used as a command separator should be
 | 
						|
written as an individual token, for example from
 | 
						|
.Xr sh 1 :
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
$ tmux neww \\; splitw
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Or:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
$ tmux neww \[aq];\[aq] splitw
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Or from the tmux command prompt:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
neww ; splitw
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
However, a trailing semicolon is also interpreted as a command separator,
 | 
						|
for example in these
 | 
						|
.Xr sh 1
 | 
						|
commands:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
$ tmux neww\e; splitw
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Or:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
$ tmux \[aq]neww;\[aq] splitw
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
As in these examples, when running tmux from the shell extra care must be taken
 | 
						|
to properly quote semicolons:
 | 
						|
.Bl -enum -offset Ds
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
Semicolons that should be interpreted as a command separator
 | 
						|
should be escaped according to the shell conventions.
 | 
						|
For
 | 
						|
.Xr sh 1
 | 
						|
this typically means quoted (such as
 | 
						|
.Ql neww \[aq];\[aq] splitw )
 | 
						|
or escaped (such as
 | 
						|
.Ql neww \e\e\e\e; splitw ) .
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
Individual semicolons or trailing semicolons that should be interpreted as
 | 
						|
arguments should be escaped twice: once according to the shell conventions and
 | 
						|
a second time for
 | 
						|
.Nm ;
 | 
						|
for example:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
$ tmux neww \[aq]foo\e\e;\[aq] bar
 | 
						|
$ tmux neww foo\e\e\e\e; bar
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
Semicolons that are not individual tokens or trailing another token should only
 | 
						|
be escaped once according to shell conventions; for example:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
$ tmux neww \[aq]foo-;-bar\[aq]
 | 
						|
$ tmux neww foo-\e\e;-bar
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Comments are marked by the unquoted # character - any remaining text after a
 | 
						|
comment is ignored until the end of the line.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
If the last character of a line is \e, the line is joined with the following
 | 
						|
line (the \e and the newline are completely removed).
 | 
						|
This is called line continuation and applies both inside and outside quoted
 | 
						|
strings and in comments, but not inside braces.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Command arguments may be specified as strings surrounded by single (\[aq])
 | 
						|
quotes, double quotes (\[dq]) or braces ({}).
 | 
						|
.\" "
 | 
						|
This is required when the argument contains any special character.
 | 
						|
Single and double quoted strings cannot span multiple lines except with line
 | 
						|
continuation.
 | 
						|
Braces can span multiple lines.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Outside of quotes and inside double quotes, these replacements are performed:
 | 
						|
.Bl -dash -offset indent
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
Environment variables preceded by $ are replaced with their value from the
 | 
						|
global environment (see the
 | 
						|
.Sx GLOBAL AND SESSION ENVIRONMENT
 | 
						|
section).
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
A leading \[ti] or \[ti]user is expanded to the home directory of the current or
 | 
						|
specified user.
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
\euXXXX or \euXXXXXXXX is replaced by the Unicode codepoint corresponding to
 | 
						|
the given four or eight digit hexadecimal number.
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
When preceded (escaped) by a \e, the following characters are replaced: \ee by
 | 
						|
the escape character; \er by a carriage return; \en by a newline; and \et by a
 | 
						|
tab.
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
\eooo is replaced by a character of the octal value ooo.
 | 
						|
Three octal digits are required, for example \e001.
 | 
						|
The largest valid character is \e377.
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
Any other characters preceded by \e are replaced by themselves (that is, the \e
 | 
						|
is removed) and are not treated as having any special meaning - so for example
 | 
						|
\e; will not mark a command sequence and \e$ will not expand an environment
 | 
						|
variable.
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Braces are parsed as a configuration file (so conditions such as
 | 
						|
.Ql %if
 | 
						|
are processed) and then converted into a string.
 | 
						|
They are designed to avoid the need for additional escaping when passing a
 | 
						|
group of
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
commands as an argument (for example to
 | 
						|
.Ic if-shell ) .
 | 
						|
These two examples produce an identical command - note that no escaping is
 | 
						|
needed when using {}:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
if-shell true {
 | 
						|
    display -p \[aq]brace-dollar-foo: }$foo\[aq]
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if-shell true "display -p \[aq]brace-dollar-foo: }\e$foo\[aq]"
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Braces may be enclosed inside braces, for example:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
bind x if-shell "true" {
 | 
						|
    if-shell "true" {
 | 
						|
        display "true!"
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Environment variables may be set by using the syntax
 | 
						|
.Ql name=value ,
 | 
						|
for example
 | 
						|
.Ql HOME=/home/user .
 | 
						|
Variables set during parsing are added to the global environment.
 | 
						|
A hidden variable may be set with
 | 
						|
.Ql %hidden ,
 | 
						|
for example:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
%hidden MYVAR=42
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Hidden variables are not passed to the environment of processes created
 | 
						|
by tmux.
 | 
						|
See the
 | 
						|
.Sx GLOBAL AND SESSION ENVIRONMENT
 | 
						|
section.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Commands may be parsed conditionally by surrounding them with
 | 
						|
.Ql %if ,
 | 
						|
.Ql %elif ,
 | 
						|
.Ql %else
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ql %endif .
 | 
						|
The argument to
 | 
						|
.Ql %if
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ql %elif
 | 
						|
is expanded as a format (see
 | 
						|
.Sx FORMATS )
 | 
						|
and if it evaluates to false (zero or empty), subsequent text is ignored until
 | 
						|
the closing
 | 
						|
.Ql %elif ,
 | 
						|
.Ql %else
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ql %endif .
 | 
						|
For example:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
%if "#{==:#{host},myhost}"
 | 
						|
set -g status-style bg=red
 | 
						|
%elif "#{==:#{host},myotherhost}"
 | 
						|
set -g status-style bg=green
 | 
						|
%else
 | 
						|
set -g status-style bg=blue
 | 
						|
%endif
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Will change the status line to red if running on
 | 
						|
.Ql myhost ,
 | 
						|
green if running on
 | 
						|
.Ql myotherhost ,
 | 
						|
or blue if running on another host.
 | 
						|
Conditionals may be given on one line, for example:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
%if #{==:#{host},myhost} set -g status-style bg=red %endif
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Sh COMMANDS
 | 
						|
This section describes the commands supported by
 | 
						|
.Nm .
 | 
						|
Most commands accept the optional
 | 
						|
.Fl t
 | 
						|
(and sometimes
 | 
						|
.Fl s )
 | 
						|
argument with one of
 | 
						|
.Ar target-client ,
 | 
						|
.Ar target-session ,
 | 
						|
.Ar target-window ,
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ar target-pane .
 | 
						|
These specify the client, session, window or pane which a command should affect.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Ar target-client
 | 
						|
should be the name of the client,
 | 
						|
typically the
 | 
						|
.Xr pty 4
 | 
						|
file to which the client is connected, for example either of
 | 
						|
.Pa /dev/ttyp1
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Pa ttyp1
 | 
						|
for the client attached to
 | 
						|
.Pa /dev/ttyp1 .
 | 
						|
If no client is specified,
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
attempts to work out the client currently in use; if that fails, an error is
 | 
						|
reported.
 | 
						|
Clients may be listed with the
 | 
						|
.Ic list-clients
 | 
						|
command.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Ar target-session
 | 
						|
is tried as, in order:
 | 
						|
.Bl -enum -offset Ds
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
A session ID prefixed with a $.
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
An exact name of a session (as listed by the
 | 
						|
.Ic list-sessions
 | 
						|
command).
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
The start of a session name, for example
 | 
						|
.Ql mysess
 | 
						|
would match a session named
 | 
						|
.Ql mysession .
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
An
 | 
						|
.Xr fnmatch 3
 | 
						|
pattern which is matched against the session name.
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
If the session name is prefixed with an
 | 
						|
.Ql = ,
 | 
						|
only an exact match is accepted (so
 | 
						|
.Ql =mysess
 | 
						|
will only match exactly
 | 
						|
.Ql mysess ,
 | 
						|
not
 | 
						|
.Ql mysession ) .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
If a single session is found, it is used as the target session; multiple matches
 | 
						|
produce an error.
 | 
						|
If a session is omitted, the current session is used if available; if no
 | 
						|
current session is available, the most recently used is chosen.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Ar target-window
 | 
						|
(or
 | 
						|
.Ar src-window
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ar dst-window )
 | 
						|
specifies a window in the form
 | 
						|
.Em session Ns \&: Ns Em window .
 | 
						|
.Em session
 | 
						|
follows the same rules as for
 | 
						|
.Ar target-session ,
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Em window
 | 
						|
is looked for in order as:
 | 
						|
.Bl -enum -offset Ds
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
A special token, listed below.
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
A window index, for example
 | 
						|
.Ql mysession:1
 | 
						|
is window 1 in session
 | 
						|
.Ql mysession .
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
A window ID, such as @1.
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
An exact window name, such as
 | 
						|
.Ql mysession:mywindow .
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
The start of a window name, such as
 | 
						|
.Ql mysession:mywin .
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
As an
 | 
						|
.Xr fnmatch 3
 | 
						|
pattern matched against the window name.
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Like sessions, a
 | 
						|
.Ql =
 | 
						|
prefix will do an exact match only.
 | 
						|
An empty window name specifies the next unused index if appropriate (for
 | 
						|
example the
 | 
						|
.Ic new-window
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ic link-window
 | 
						|
commands)
 | 
						|
otherwise the current window in
 | 
						|
.Em session
 | 
						|
is chosen.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The following special tokens are available to indicate particular windows.
 | 
						|
Each has a single-character alternative form.
 | 
						|
.Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXX" "X"
 | 
						|
.It Sy "Token" Ta Sy "" Ta Sy "Meaning"
 | 
						|
.It Li "{start}" Ta "^" Ta "The lowest-numbered window"
 | 
						|
.It Li "{end}" Ta "$" Ta "The highest-numbered window"
 | 
						|
.It Li "{last}" Ta "!" Ta "The last (previously current) window"
 | 
						|
.It Li "{next}" Ta "+" Ta "The next window by number"
 | 
						|
.It Li "{previous}" Ta "-" Ta "The previous window by number"
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
(or
 | 
						|
.Ar src-pane
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ar dst-pane )
 | 
						|
may be a pane ID or takes a similar form to
 | 
						|
.Ar target-window
 | 
						|
but with the optional addition of a period followed by a pane index or pane ID,
 | 
						|
for example:
 | 
						|
.Ql mysession:mywindow.1 .
 | 
						|
If the pane index is omitted, the currently active pane in the specified
 | 
						|
window is used.
 | 
						|
The following special tokens are available for the pane index:
 | 
						|
.Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXXXXXX" "X"
 | 
						|
.It Sy "Token" Ta Sy "" Ta Sy "Meaning"
 | 
						|
.It Li "{last}" Ta "!" Ta "The last (previously active) pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "{next}" Ta "+" Ta "The next pane by number"
 | 
						|
.It Li "{previous}" Ta "-" Ta "The previous pane by number"
 | 
						|
.It Li "{top}" Ta "" Ta "The top pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "{bottom}" Ta "" Ta "The bottom pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "{left}" Ta "" Ta "The leftmost pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "{right}" Ta "" Ta "The rightmost pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "{top-left}" Ta "" Ta "The top-left pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "{top-right}" Ta "" Ta "The top-right pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "{bottom-left}" Ta "" Ta "The bottom-left pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "{bottom-right}" Ta "" Ta "The bottom-right pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "{up-of}" Ta "" Ta "The pane above the active pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "{down-of}" Ta "" Ta "The pane below the active pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "{left-of}" Ta "" Ta "The pane to the left of the active pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "{right-of}" Ta "" Ta "The pane to the right of the active pane"
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The tokens
 | 
						|
.Ql +
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ql -
 | 
						|
may be followed by an offset, for example:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
select-window -t:+2
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
In addition,
 | 
						|
.Em target-session ,
 | 
						|
.Em target-window
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Em target-pane
 | 
						|
may consist entirely of the token
 | 
						|
.Ql {mouse}
 | 
						|
(alternative form
 | 
						|
.Ql = )
 | 
						|
to specify the session, window or pane where the most recent mouse event
 | 
						|
occurred (see the
 | 
						|
.Sx MOUSE SUPPORT
 | 
						|
section)
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ql {marked}
 | 
						|
(alternative form
 | 
						|
.Ql \[ti] )
 | 
						|
to specify the marked pane (see
 | 
						|
.Ic select-pane
 | 
						|
.Fl m ) .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Sessions, window and panes are each numbered with a unique ID; session IDs are
 | 
						|
prefixed with a
 | 
						|
.Ql $ ,
 | 
						|
windows with a
 | 
						|
.Ql @ ,
 | 
						|
and panes with a
 | 
						|
.Ql % .
 | 
						|
These are unique and are unchanged for the life of the session, window or pane
 | 
						|
in the
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
server.
 | 
						|
The pane ID is passed to the child process of the pane in the
 | 
						|
.Ev TMUX_PANE
 | 
						|
environment variable.
 | 
						|
IDs may be displayed using the
 | 
						|
.Ql session_id ,
 | 
						|
.Ql window_id ,
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ql pane_id
 | 
						|
formats (see the
 | 
						|
.Sx FORMATS
 | 
						|
section) and the
 | 
						|
.Ic display-message ,
 | 
						|
.Ic list-sessions ,
 | 
						|
.Ic list-windows
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ic list-panes
 | 
						|
commands.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
arguments are
 | 
						|
.Xr sh 1
 | 
						|
commands.
 | 
						|
This may be a single argument passed to the shell, for example:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
new-window \[aq]vi \[ti]/.tmux.conf\[aq]
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Will run:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
/bin/sh -c \[aq]vi \[ti]/.tmux.conf\[aq]
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Additionally, the
 | 
						|
.Ic new-window ,
 | 
						|
.Ic new-session ,
 | 
						|
.Ic split-window ,
 | 
						|
.Ic respawn-window
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ic respawn-pane
 | 
						|
commands allow
 | 
						|
.Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
to be given as multiple arguments and executed directly (without
 | 
						|
.Ql sh -c ) .
 | 
						|
This can avoid issues with shell quoting.
 | 
						|
For example:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
$ tmux new-window vi \[ti]/.tmux.conf
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Will run
 | 
						|
.Xr vi 1
 | 
						|
directly without invoking the shell.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Ar command
 | 
						|
.Op Ar argument ...
 | 
						|
refers to a
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
command, either passed with the command and arguments separately, for example:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
bind-key F1 set-option status off
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Or passed as a single string argument in
 | 
						|
.Pa .tmux.conf ,
 | 
						|
for example:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
bind-key F1 { set-option status off }
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Example
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
commands include:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
refresh-client -t/dev/ttyp2
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
rename-session -tfirst newname
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
set-option -wt:0 monitor-activity on
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
new-window ; split-window -d
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bind-key R source-file \[ti]/.tmux.conf \e; \e
 | 
						|
	display-message "source-file done"
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Or from
 | 
						|
.Xr sh 1 :
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
$ tmux kill-window -t :1
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
$ tmux new-window \e; split-window -d
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
$ tmux new-session -d \[aq]vi \[ti]/.tmux.conf\[aq] \e; split-window -d \e; attach
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Sh CLIENTS AND SESSIONS
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
server manages clients, sessions, windows and panes.
 | 
						|
Clients are attached to sessions to interact with them, either
 | 
						|
when they are created with the
 | 
						|
.Ic new-session
 | 
						|
command, or later with the
 | 
						|
.Ic attach-session
 | 
						|
command.
 | 
						|
Each session has one or more windows
 | 
						|
.Em linked
 | 
						|
into it.
 | 
						|
Windows may be linked to multiple sessions and are made up of one or
 | 
						|
more panes,
 | 
						|
each of which contains a pseudo terminal.
 | 
						|
Commands for creating, linking and otherwise manipulating windows
 | 
						|
are covered
 | 
						|
in the
 | 
						|
.Sx WINDOWS AND PANES
 | 
						|
section.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The following commands are available to manage clients and sessions:
 | 
						|
.Bl -tag -width Ds
 | 
						|
.Tg attach
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic attach-session
 | 
						|
.Op Fl dErx
 | 
						|
.Op Fl c Ar working-directory
 | 
						|
.Op Fl f Ar flags
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-session
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic attach
 | 
						|
If run from outside
 | 
						|
.Nm ,
 | 
						|
attach to
 | 
						|
.Ar target-session
 | 
						|
in the current terminal.
 | 
						|
.Ar target-session
 | 
						|
must already exist - to create a new session, see the
 | 
						|
.Ic new-session
 | 
						|
command (with
 | 
						|
.Fl A
 | 
						|
to create or attach).
 | 
						|
If used from inside, switch the currently attached session to
 | 
						|
.Ar target-session .
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl d
 | 
						|
is specified, any other clients attached to the session are detached.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl x
 | 
						|
is given, send
 | 
						|
.Dv SIGHUP
 | 
						|
to the parent process of the client as well as
 | 
						|
detaching the client, typically causing it to exit.
 | 
						|
.Fl f
 | 
						|
sets a comma-separated list of client flags.
 | 
						|
The flags are:
 | 
						|
.Bl -tag -width Ds
 | 
						|
.It active-pane
 | 
						|
the client has an independent active pane
 | 
						|
.It ignore-size
 | 
						|
the client does not affect the size of other clients
 | 
						|
.It no-detach-on-destroy
 | 
						|
do not detach the client when the session it is attached to is destroyed if
 | 
						|
there are any other sessions
 | 
						|
.It no-output
 | 
						|
the client does not receive pane output in control mode
 | 
						|
.It pause-after=seconds
 | 
						|
output is paused once the pane is
 | 
						|
.Ar seconds
 | 
						|
behind in control mode
 | 
						|
.It read-only
 | 
						|
the client is read-only
 | 
						|
.It wait-exit
 | 
						|
wait for an empty line input before exiting in control mode
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
A leading
 | 
						|
.Ql \&!
 | 
						|
turns a flag off if the client is already attached.
 | 
						|
.Fl r
 | 
						|
is an alias for
 | 
						|
.Fl f
 | 
						|
.Ar read-only,ignore-size .
 | 
						|
When a client is read-only, only keys bound to the
 | 
						|
.Ic detach-client
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ic switch-client
 | 
						|
commands have any effect.
 | 
						|
A client with the
 | 
						|
.Ar active-pane
 | 
						|
flag allows the active pane to be selected independently of the window's active
 | 
						|
pane used by clients without the flag.
 | 
						|
This only affects the cursor position and commands issued from the client;
 | 
						|
other features such as hooks and styles continue to use the window's active
 | 
						|
pane.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
If no server is started,
 | 
						|
.Ic attach-session
 | 
						|
will attempt to start it; this will fail unless sessions are created in the
 | 
						|
configuration file.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Ar target-session
 | 
						|
rules for
 | 
						|
.Ic attach-session
 | 
						|
are slightly adjusted: if
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
needs to select the most recently used session, it will prefer the most
 | 
						|
recently used
 | 
						|
.Em unattached
 | 
						|
session.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl c
 | 
						|
will set the session working directory (used for new windows) to
 | 
						|
.Ar working-directory .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl E
 | 
						|
is used, the
 | 
						|
.Ic update-environment
 | 
						|
option will not be applied.
 | 
						|
.Tg detach
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic detach-client
 | 
						|
.Op Fl aP
 | 
						|
.Op Fl E Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
.Op Fl s Ar target-session
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-client
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic detach
 | 
						|
Detach the current client if bound to a key, the client specified with
 | 
						|
.Fl t ,
 | 
						|
or all clients currently attached to the session specified by
 | 
						|
.Fl s .
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl a
 | 
						|
option kills all but the client given with
 | 
						|
.Fl t .
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl P
 | 
						|
is given, send
 | 
						|
.Dv SIGHUP
 | 
						|
to the parent process of the client, typically causing it
 | 
						|
to exit.
 | 
						|
With
 | 
						|
.Fl E ,
 | 
						|
run
 | 
						|
.Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
to replace the client.
 | 
						|
.Tg has
 | 
						|
.It Ic has-session Op Fl t Ar target-session
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic has
 | 
						|
Report an error and exit with 1 if the specified session does not exist.
 | 
						|
If it does exist, exit with 0.
 | 
						|
.It Ic kill-server
 | 
						|
Kill the
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
server and clients and destroy all sessions.
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic kill-session
 | 
						|
.Op Fl aC
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-session
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Destroy the given session, closing any windows linked to it and no other
 | 
						|
sessions, and detaching all clients attached to it.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl a
 | 
						|
is given, all sessions but the specified one is killed.
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl C
 | 
						|
flag clears alerts (bell, activity, or silence) in all windows linked to the
 | 
						|
session.
 | 
						|
.Tg lsc
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic list-clients
 | 
						|
.Op Fl F Ar format
 | 
						|
.Op Fl f Ar filter
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-session
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic lsc
 | 
						|
List all clients attached to the server.
 | 
						|
.Fl F
 | 
						|
specifies the format of each line and
 | 
						|
.Fl f
 | 
						|
a filter.
 | 
						|
Only clients for which the filter is true are shown.
 | 
						|
See the
 | 
						|
.Sx FORMATS
 | 
						|
section.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Ar target-session
 | 
						|
is specified, list only clients connected to that session.
 | 
						|
.Tg lscm
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic list-commands
 | 
						|
.Op Fl F Ar format
 | 
						|
.Op Ar command
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic lscm
 | 
						|
List the syntax of
 | 
						|
.Ar command
 | 
						|
or - if omitted - of all commands supported by
 | 
						|
.Nm .
 | 
						|
.Tg ls
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic list-sessions
 | 
						|
.Op Fl F Ar format
 | 
						|
.Op Fl f Ar filter
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic ls
 | 
						|
List all sessions managed by the server.
 | 
						|
.Fl F
 | 
						|
specifies the format of each line and
 | 
						|
.Fl f
 | 
						|
a filter.
 | 
						|
Only sessions for which the filter is true are shown.
 | 
						|
See the
 | 
						|
.Sx FORMATS
 | 
						|
section.
 | 
						|
.Tg lockc
 | 
						|
.It Ic lock-client Op Fl t Ar target-client
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic lockc
 | 
						|
Lock
 | 
						|
.Ar target-client ,
 | 
						|
see the
 | 
						|
.Ic lock-server
 | 
						|
command.
 | 
						|
.Tg locks
 | 
						|
.It Ic lock-session Op Fl t Ar target-session
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic locks
 | 
						|
Lock all clients attached to
 | 
						|
.Ar target-session .
 | 
						|
.Tg new
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic new-session
 | 
						|
.Op Fl AdDEPX
 | 
						|
.Op Fl c Ar start-directory
 | 
						|
.Op Fl e Ar environment
 | 
						|
.Op Fl f Ar flags
 | 
						|
.Op Fl F Ar format
 | 
						|
.Op Fl n Ar window-name
 | 
						|
.Op Fl s Ar session-name
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar group-name
 | 
						|
.Op Fl x Ar width
 | 
						|
.Op Fl y Ar height
 | 
						|
.Op Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic new
 | 
						|
Create a new session with name
 | 
						|
.Ar session-name .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The new session is attached to the current terminal unless
 | 
						|
.Fl d
 | 
						|
is given.
 | 
						|
.Ar window-name
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
are the name of and shell command to execute in the initial window.
 | 
						|
With
 | 
						|
.Fl d ,
 | 
						|
the initial size comes from the global
 | 
						|
.Ic default-size
 | 
						|
option;
 | 
						|
.Fl x
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Fl y
 | 
						|
can be used to specify a different size.
 | 
						|
.Ql -
 | 
						|
uses the size of the current client if any.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl x
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Fl y
 | 
						|
is given, the
 | 
						|
.Ic default-size
 | 
						|
option is set for the session.
 | 
						|
.Fl f
 | 
						|
sets a comma-separated list of client flags (see
 | 
						|
.Ic attach-session ) .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
If run from a terminal, any
 | 
						|
.Xr termios 4
 | 
						|
special characters are saved and used for new windows in the new session.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl A
 | 
						|
flag makes
 | 
						|
.Ic new-session
 | 
						|
behave like
 | 
						|
.Ic attach-session
 | 
						|
if
 | 
						|
.Ar session-name
 | 
						|
already exists;
 | 
						|
if
 | 
						|
.Fl A
 | 
						|
is given,
 | 
						|
.Fl D
 | 
						|
behaves like
 | 
						|
.Fl d
 | 
						|
to
 | 
						|
.Ic attach-session ,
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Fl X
 | 
						|
behaves like
 | 
						|
.Fl x
 | 
						|
to
 | 
						|
.Ic attach-session .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl t
 | 
						|
is given, it specifies a
 | 
						|
.Ic session group .
 | 
						|
Sessions in the same group share the same set of windows - new windows are
 | 
						|
linked to all sessions in the group and any windows closed removed from all
 | 
						|
sessions.
 | 
						|
The current and previous window and any session options remain independent and
 | 
						|
any session in a group may be killed without affecting the others.
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Ar group-name
 | 
						|
argument may be:
 | 
						|
.Bl -enum -width Ds
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
the name of an existing group, in which case the new session is added to that
 | 
						|
group;
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
the name of an existing session - the new session is added to the same group
 | 
						|
as that session, creating a new group if necessary;
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
the name for a new group containing only the new session.
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl n
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
are invalid if
 | 
						|
.Fl t
 | 
						|
is used.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl P
 | 
						|
option prints information about the new session after it has been created.
 | 
						|
By default, it uses the format
 | 
						|
.Ql #{session_name}:\&
 | 
						|
but a different format may be specified with
 | 
						|
.Fl F .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl E
 | 
						|
is used, the
 | 
						|
.Ic update-environment
 | 
						|
option will not be applied.
 | 
						|
.Fl e
 | 
						|
takes the form
 | 
						|
.Ql VARIABLE=value
 | 
						|
and sets an environment variable for the newly created session; it may be
 | 
						|
specified multiple times.
 | 
						|
.Tg refresh
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic refresh-client
 | 
						|
.Op Fl cDLRSU
 | 
						|
.Op Fl A Ar pane:state
 | 
						|
.Op Fl B Ar name:what:format
 | 
						|
.Op Fl C Ar size
 | 
						|
.Op Fl f Ar flags
 | 
						|
.Op Fl l Op Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
.Op Fl r Ar pane:report
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-client
 | 
						|
.Op Ar adjustment
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic refresh
 | 
						|
Refresh the current client if bound to a key, or a single client if one is given
 | 
						|
with
 | 
						|
.Fl t .
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl S
 | 
						|
is specified, only update the client's status line.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl U ,
 | 
						|
.Fl D ,
 | 
						|
.Fl L
 | 
						|
.Fl R ,
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Fl c
 | 
						|
flags allow the visible portion of a window which is larger than the client
 | 
						|
to be changed.
 | 
						|
.Fl U
 | 
						|
moves the visible part up by
 | 
						|
.Ar adjustment
 | 
						|
rows and
 | 
						|
.Fl D
 | 
						|
down,
 | 
						|
.Fl L
 | 
						|
left by
 | 
						|
.Ar adjustment
 | 
						|
columns and
 | 
						|
.Fl R
 | 
						|
right.
 | 
						|
.Fl c
 | 
						|
returns to tracking the cursor automatically.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Ar adjustment
 | 
						|
is omitted, 1 is used.
 | 
						|
Note that the visible position is a property of the client not of the
 | 
						|
window, changing the current window in the attached session will reset
 | 
						|
it.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl C
 | 
						|
sets the width and height of a control mode client or of a window for a
 | 
						|
control mode client,
 | 
						|
.Ar size
 | 
						|
must be one of
 | 
						|
.Ql widthxheight
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ql window ID:widthxheight ,
 | 
						|
for example
 | 
						|
.Ql 80x24
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ql @0:80x24 .
 | 
						|
.Fl A
 | 
						|
allows a control mode client to trigger actions on a pane.
 | 
						|
The argument is a pane ID (with leading
 | 
						|
.Ql % ) ,
 | 
						|
a colon, then one of
 | 
						|
.Ql on ,
 | 
						|
.Ql off ,
 | 
						|
.Ql continue
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ql pause .
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Ql off ,
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
will not send output from the pane to the client and if all clients have turned
 | 
						|
the pane off, will stop reading from the pane.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Ql continue ,
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
will return to sending output to the pane if it was paused (manually or with the
 | 
						|
.Ar pause-after
 | 
						|
flag).
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Ql pause ,
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
will pause the pane.
 | 
						|
.Fl A
 | 
						|
may be given multiple times for different panes.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl B
 | 
						|
sets a subscription to a format for a control mode client.
 | 
						|
The argument is split into three items by colons:
 | 
						|
.Ar name
 | 
						|
is a name for the subscription;
 | 
						|
.Ar what
 | 
						|
is a type of item to subscribe to;
 | 
						|
.Ar format
 | 
						|
is the format.
 | 
						|
After a subscription is added, changes to the format are reported with the
 | 
						|
.Ic %subscription-changed
 | 
						|
notification, at most once a second.
 | 
						|
If only the name is given, the subscription is removed.
 | 
						|
.Ar what
 | 
						|
may be empty to check the format only for the attached session, or one of:
 | 
						|
a pane ID such as
 | 
						|
.Ql %0 ;
 | 
						|
.Ql %*
 | 
						|
for all panes in the attached session;
 | 
						|
a window ID such as
 | 
						|
.Ql @0 ;
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ql @*
 | 
						|
for all windows in the attached session.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl f
 | 
						|
sets a comma-separated list of client flags, see
 | 
						|
.Ic attach-session .
 | 
						|
.Fl r
 | 
						|
allows a control mode client to provide information about a pane via a report
 | 
						|
(such as the response to OSC 10).
 | 
						|
The argument is a pane ID (with a leading
 | 
						|
.Ql % ) ,
 | 
						|
a colon, then a report escape sequence.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl l
 | 
						|
requests the clipboard from the client using the
 | 
						|
.Xr xterm 1
 | 
						|
escape sequence.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
is given, the clipboard is sent (in encoded form), otherwise it is stored in a
 | 
						|
new paste buffer.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl L ,
 | 
						|
.Fl R ,
 | 
						|
.Fl U
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Fl D
 | 
						|
move the visible portion of the window left, right, up or down
 | 
						|
by
 | 
						|
.Ar adjustment ,
 | 
						|
if the window is larger than the client.
 | 
						|
.Fl c
 | 
						|
resets so that the position follows the cursor.
 | 
						|
See the
 | 
						|
.Ic window-size
 | 
						|
option.
 | 
						|
.Tg rename
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic rename-session
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-session
 | 
						|
.Ar new-name
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic rename
 | 
						|
Rename the session to
 | 
						|
.Ar new-name .
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic server-access
 | 
						|
.Op Fl adlrw
 | 
						|
.Op Ar user
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Change the access or read/write permission of
 | 
						|
.Ar user .
 | 
						|
The user running the
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
server (its owner) and the root user cannot be changed and are always
 | 
						|
permitted access.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl a
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Fl d
 | 
						|
are used to give or revoke access for the specified user.
 | 
						|
If the user is already attached, the
 | 
						|
.Fl d
 | 
						|
flag causes their clients to be detached.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl r
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Fl w
 | 
						|
change the permissions for
 | 
						|
.Ar user :
 | 
						|
.Fl r
 | 
						|
makes their clients read-only and
 | 
						|
.Fl w
 | 
						|
writable.
 | 
						|
.Fl l
 | 
						|
lists current access permissions.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
By default, the access list is empty and
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
creates sockets with file system permissions preventing access by any user
 | 
						|
other than the owner (and root).
 | 
						|
These permissions must be changed manually.
 | 
						|
Great care should be taken not to allow access to untrusted users even
 | 
						|
read-only.
 | 
						|
.Tg showmsgs
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic show-messages
 | 
						|
.Op Fl JT
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-client
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic showmsgs
 | 
						|
Show server messages or information.
 | 
						|
Messages are stored, up to a maximum of the limit set by the
 | 
						|
.Ar message-limit
 | 
						|
server option.
 | 
						|
.Fl J
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Fl T
 | 
						|
show debugging information about jobs and terminals.
 | 
						|
.Tg source
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic source-file
 | 
						|
.Op Fl Fnqv
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
.Ar path ...
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic source
 | 
						|
Execute commands from one or more files specified by
 | 
						|
.Ar path
 | 
						|
(which may be
 | 
						|
.Xr glob 7
 | 
						|
patterns).
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl F
 | 
						|
is present, then
 | 
						|
.Ar path
 | 
						|
is expanded as a format.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl q
 | 
						|
is given, no error will be returned if
 | 
						|
.Ar path
 | 
						|
does not exist.
 | 
						|
With
 | 
						|
.Fl n ,
 | 
						|
the file is parsed but no commands are executed.
 | 
						|
.Fl v
 | 
						|
shows the parsed commands and line numbers if possible.
 | 
						|
.Tg start
 | 
						|
.It Ic start-server
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic start
 | 
						|
Start the
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
server, if not already running, without creating any sessions.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Note that as by default the
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
server will exit with no sessions, this is only useful if a session is created
 | 
						|
in
 | 
						|
.Pa \[ti]/.tmux.conf ,
 | 
						|
.Ic exit-empty
 | 
						|
is turned off, or another command is run as part of the same command sequence.
 | 
						|
For example:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
$ tmux start \\; show -g
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Tg suspendc
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic suspend-client
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-client
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic suspendc
 | 
						|
Suspend a client by sending
 | 
						|
.Dv SIGTSTP
 | 
						|
(tty stop).
 | 
						|
.Tg switchc
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic switch-client
 | 
						|
.Op Fl ElnprZ
 | 
						|
.Op Fl c Ar target-client
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-session
 | 
						|
.Op Fl T Ar key-table
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic switchc
 | 
						|
Switch the current session for client
 | 
						|
.Ar target-client
 | 
						|
to
 | 
						|
.Ar target-session .
 | 
						|
As a special case,
 | 
						|
.Fl t
 | 
						|
may refer to a pane (a target that contains
 | 
						|
.Ql \&: ,
 | 
						|
.Ql \&.
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ql % ) ,
 | 
						|
to change session, window and pane.
 | 
						|
In that case,
 | 
						|
.Fl Z
 | 
						|
keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl l ,
 | 
						|
.Fl n
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Fl p
 | 
						|
is used, the client is moved to the last, next or previous session
 | 
						|
respectively.
 | 
						|
.Fl r
 | 
						|
toggles the client
 | 
						|
.Ic read-only
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ic ignore-size
 | 
						|
flags (see the
 | 
						|
.Ic attach-session
 | 
						|
command).
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl E
 | 
						|
is used,
 | 
						|
.Ic update-environment
 | 
						|
option will not be applied.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl T
 | 
						|
sets the client's key table; the next key from the client will be interpreted
 | 
						|
from
 | 
						|
.Ar key-table .
 | 
						|
This may be used to configure multiple prefix keys, or to bind commands to
 | 
						|
sequences of keys.
 | 
						|
For example, to make typing
 | 
						|
.Ql abc
 | 
						|
run the
 | 
						|
.Ic list-keys
 | 
						|
command:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
bind-key -Ttable2 c list-keys
 | 
						|
bind-key -Ttable1 b switch-client -Ttable2
 | 
						|
bind-key -Troot   a switch-client -Ttable1
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Sh WINDOWS AND PANES
 | 
						|
Each window displayed by
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
may be split into one or more
 | 
						|
.Em panes ;
 | 
						|
each pane takes up a certain area of the display and is a separate terminal.
 | 
						|
A window may be split into panes using the
 | 
						|
.Ic split-window
 | 
						|
command.
 | 
						|
Windows may be split horizontally (with the
 | 
						|
.Fl h
 | 
						|
flag) or vertically.
 | 
						|
Panes may be resized with the
 | 
						|
.Ic resize-pane
 | 
						|
command (bound to
 | 
						|
.Ql C-Up ,
 | 
						|
.Ql C-Down
 | 
						|
.Ql C-Left
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ql C-Right
 | 
						|
by default), the current pane may be changed with the
 | 
						|
.Ic select-pane
 | 
						|
command and the
 | 
						|
.Ic rotate-window
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ic swap-pane
 | 
						|
commands may be used to swap panes without changing their position.
 | 
						|
Panes are numbered beginning from zero in the order they are created.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
By default, a
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
pane permits direct access to the terminal contained in the pane.
 | 
						|
A pane may also be put into one of several modes:
 | 
						|
.Bl -dash -offset indent
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
Copy mode, which permits a section of a window or its
 | 
						|
history to be copied to a
 | 
						|
.Em paste buffer
 | 
						|
for later insertion into another window.
 | 
						|
This mode is entered with the
 | 
						|
.Ic copy-mode
 | 
						|
command, bound to
 | 
						|
.Ql \&[
 | 
						|
by default.
 | 
						|
Copied text can be pasted with the
 | 
						|
.Ic paste-buffer
 | 
						|
command, bound to
 | 
						|
.Ql \&] .
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
View mode, which is like copy mode but is entered when a command that produces
 | 
						|
output, such as
 | 
						|
.Ic list-keys ,
 | 
						|
is executed from a key binding.
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
Choose mode, which allows an item to be chosen from a list.
 | 
						|
This may be a client, a session or window or pane, or a buffer.
 | 
						|
This mode is entered with the
 | 
						|
.Ic choose-buffer ,
 | 
						|
.Ic choose-client
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ic choose-tree
 | 
						|
commands.
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
In copy mode an indicator is displayed in the top-right corner of the pane with
 | 
						|
the current position and the number of lines in the history.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Commands are sent to copy mode using the
 | 
						|
.Fl X
 | 
						|
flag to the
 | 
						|
.Ic send-keys
 | 
						|
command.
 | 
						|
When a key is pressed, copy mode automatically uses one of two key tables,
 | 
						|
depending on the
 | 
						|
.Ic mode-keys
 | 
						|
option:
 | 
						|
.Ic copy-mode
 | 
						|
for emacs, or
 | 
						|
.Ic copy-mode-vi
 | 
						|
for vi.
 | 
						|
Key tables may be viewed with the
 | 
						|
.Ic list-keys
 | 
						|
command.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The following commands are supported in copy mode:
 | 
						|
.Bl -tag -width Ds
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic append-selection
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Append the selection to the top paste buffer.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic append-selection-and-cancel
 | 
						|
(vi: A)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Append the selection to the top paste buffer and exit copy mode.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic back-to-indentation
 | 
						|
(vi: ^)
 | 
						|
(emacs: M-m)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Move the cursor back to the indentation.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic begin-selection
 | 
						|
(vi: Space)
 | 
						|
(emacs: C-Space)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Begin selection.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic bottom-line
 | 
						|
(vi: L)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Move to the bottom line.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic cancel
 | 
						|
(vi: q)
 | 
						|
(emacs: Escape)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Exit copy mode.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic clear-selection
 | 
						|
(vi: Escape)
 | 
						|
(emacs: C-g)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Clear the current selection.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic copy-end-of-line
 | 
						|
.Op Fl CP
 | 
						|
.Op Ar prefix
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Copy from the cursor position to the end of the line.
 | 
						|
.Ar prefix
 | 
						|
is used to name the new paste buffer.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic copy-end-of-line-and-cancel
 | 
						|
.Op Fl CP
 | 
						|
.Op Ar prefix
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Copy from the cursor position and exit copy mode.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic copy-pipe-end-of-line
 | 
						|
.Op Fl CP
 | 
						|
.Op Ar command
 | 
						|
.Op Ar prefix
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Copy from the cursor position to the end of the line and pipe the text to
 | 
						|
.Ar command .
 | 
						|
.Ar prefix
 | 
						|
is used to name the new paste buffer.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic copy-pipe-end-of-line-and-cancel
 | 
						|
.Op Fl CP
 | 
						|
.Op Ar command
 | 
						|
.Op Ar prefix
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Same as
 | 
						|
.Ic copy-pipe-end-of-line
 | 
						|
but also exit copy mode.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic copy-line
 | 
						|
.Op Fl CP
 | 
						|
.Op Ar prefix
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Copy the entire line.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic copy-line-and-cancel
 | 
						|
.Op Fl CP
 | 
						|
.Op Ar prefix
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Copy the entire line and exit copy mode.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic copy-pipe-line
 | 
						|
.Op Fl CP
 | 
						|
.Op Ar command
 | 
						|
.Op Ar prefix
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Copy the entire line and pipe the text to
 | 
						|
.Ar command .
 | 
						|
.Ar prefix
 | 
						|
is used to name the new paste buffer.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic copy-pipe-line-and-cancel
 | 
						|
.Op Fl CP
 | 
						|
.Op Ar command
 | 
						|
.Op Ar prefix
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Same as
 | 
						|
.Ic copy-pipe-line
 | 
						|
but also exit copy mode.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic copy-pipe
 | 
						|
.Op Fl CP
 | 
						|
.Op Ar command
 | 
						|
.Op Ar prefix
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Copy the selection, clear it and pipe its text to
 | 
						|
.Ar command .
 | 
						|
.Ar prefix
 | 
						|
is used to name the new paste buffer.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic copy-pipe-no-clear
 | 
						|
.Op Fl CP
 | 
						|
.Op Ar command
 | 
						|
.Op Ar prefix
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Same as
 | 
						|
.Ic copy-pipe
 | 
						|
but do not clear the selection.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic copy-pipe-and-cancel
 | 
						|
.Op Fl CP
 | 
						|
.Op Ar command
 | 
						|
.Op Ar prefix
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Same as
 | 
						|
.Ic copy-pipe
 | 
						|
but also exit copy mode.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic copy-selection
 | 
						|
.Op Fl CP
 | 
						|
.Op Ar prefix
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Copies the current selection.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic copy-selection-no-clear
 | 
						|
.Op Fl CP
 | 
						|
.Op Ar prefix
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Same as
 | 
						|
.Ic copy-selection
 | 
						|
but do not clear the selection.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic copy-selection-and-cancel
 | 
						|
.Op Fl CP
 | 
						|
.Op Ar prefix
 | 
						|
(vi: Enter)
 | 
						|
(emacs: M-w)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Copy the current selection and exit copy mode.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic cursor-down
 | 
						|
(vi: j)
 | 
						|
(emacs: Down)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Move the cursor down.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic cursor-down-and-cancel
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Same as
 | 
						|
.Ic cursor-down
 | 
						|
but also exit copy mode if reaching the bottom.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic cursor-left
 | 
						|
(vi: h)
 | 
						|
(emacs: Left)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Move the cursor left.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic cursor-right
 | 
						|
(vi: l)
 | 
						|
(emacs: Right)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Move the cursor right.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic cursor-up
 | 
						|
(vi: k)
 | 
						|
(emacs: Up)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Move the cursor up.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic end-of-line
 | 
						|
(vi: $)
 | 
						|
(emacs: C-e)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Move the cursor to the end of the line.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic goto-line
 | 
						|
.Ar line
 | 
						|
(vi: :)
 | 
						|
(emacs: g)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Move the cursor to a specific line.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic halfpage-down
 | 
						|
(vi: C-d)
 | 
						|
(emacs: M-Down)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Scroll down by half a page.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic halfpage-down-and-cancel
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Same as
 | 
						|
.Ic halfpage-down
 | 
						|
but also exit copy mode if reaching the bottom.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic halfpage-up
 | 
						|
(vi: C-u)
 | 
						|
(emacs: M-Up)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Scroll up by half a page.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic history-bottom
 | 
						|
(vi: G)
 | 
						|
(emacs: M->)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Scroll to the bottom of the history.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic history-top
 | 
						|
(vi: g)
 | 
						|
(emacs: M-<)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Scroll to the top of the history.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic jump-again
 | 
						|
(vi: ;)
 | 
						|
(emacs: ;)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Repeat the last jump.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic jump-backward
 | 
						|
.Ar to
 | 
						|
(vi: F)
 | 
						|
(emacs: F)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Jump backwards to the specified text.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic jump-forward
 | 
						|
.Ar to
 | 
						|
(vi: f)
 | 
						|
(emacs: f)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Jump forward to the specified text.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic jump-reverse
 | 
						|
(vi: ,)
 | 
						|
(emacs: ,)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Repeat the last jump in the reverse direction (forward becomes backward and
 | 
						|
backward becomes forward).
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic jump-to-backward
 | 
						|
.Ar to
 | 
						|
(vi: T)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Jump backwards, but one character less, placing the cursor on the character
 | 
						|
after the target.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic jump-to-forward
 | 
						|
.Ar to
 | 
						|
(vi: t)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Jump forward, but one character less, placing the cursor on the character
 | 
						|
before the target.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic jump-to-mark
 | 
						|
(vi: M-x)
 | 
						|
(emacs: M-x)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Jump to the last mark.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic middle-line
 | 
						|
(vi: M)
 | 
						|
(emacs: M-r)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Move to the middle line.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic next-matching-bracket
 | 
						|
(vi: %)
 | 
						|
(emacs: M-C-f)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Move to the next matching bracket.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic next-paragraph
 | 
						|
(vi: })
 | 
						|
(emacs: M-})
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Move to the next paragraph.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic next-prompt
 | 
						|
.Op Fl o
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Move to the next prompt.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic next-word
 | 
						|
(vi: w)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Move to the next word.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic next-word-end
 | 
						|
(vi: e)
 | 
						|
(emacs: M-f)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Move to the end of the next word.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic next-space
 | 
						|
(vi: W)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Same as
 | 
						|
.Ic next-word
 | 
						|
but use a space alone as the word separator.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic next-space-end
 | 
						|
(vi: E)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Same as
 | 
						|
.Ic next-word-end
 | 
						|
but use a space alone as the word separator.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic other-end
 | 
						|
(vi: o)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Switch at which end of the selection the cursor sits.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic page-down
 | 
						|
(vi: C-f)
 | 
						|
(emacs: PageDown)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Scroll down by one page.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic page-down-and-cancel
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Same as
 | 
						|
.Ic page-down
 | 
						|
but also exit copy mode if reaching the bottom.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic page-up
 | 
						|
(vi: C-b)
 | 
						|
(emacs: PageUp)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Scroll up by one page.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic pipe
 | 
						|
.Op Ar command
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Pipe the selected text to
 | 
						|
.Ar command
 | 
						|
and clear the selection.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic pipe-no-clear
 | 
						|
.Op Ar command
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Same as
 | 
						|
.Ic pipe
 | 
						|
but do not clear the selection.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic pipe-and-cancel
 | 
						|
.Op Ar command
 | 
						|
.Op Ar prefix
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Same as
 | 
						|
.Ic pipe
 | 
						|
but also exit copy mode.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic previous-matching-bracket
 | 
						|
(emacs: M-C-b)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Move to the previous matching bracket.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic previous-paragraph
 | 
						|
(vi: {)
 | 
						|
(emacs: M-{)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Move to the previous paragraph.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic previous-prompt
 | 
						|
.Op Fl o
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Move to the previous prompt.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic previous-word
 | 
						|
(vi: b)
 | 
						|
(emacs: M-b)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Move to the previous word.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic previous-space
 | 
						|
(vi: B)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Same as
 | 
						|
.Ic previous-word
 | 
						|
but use a space alone as the word separator.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic rectangle-on
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Turn on rectangle selection mode.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic rectangle-off
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Turn off rectangle selection mode.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic rectangle-toggle
 | 
						|
(vi: v)
 | 
						|
(emacs: R)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Toggle rectangle selection mode.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic refresh-from-pane
 | 
						|
(vi: r)
 | 
						|
(emacs: r)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Refresh the content from the pane.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic scroll-bottom
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Scroll up until the current line is at the bottom while keeping the cursor on
 | 
						|
that line.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic scroll-down
 | 
						|
(vi: C-e)
 | 
						|
(emacs: C-Down)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Scroll down.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic scroll-down-and-cancel
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Same as
 | 
						|
.Ic scroll-down
 | 
						|
but also exit copy mode if the cursor reaches the bottom.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic scroll-middle
 | 
						|
(vi: z)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Scroll so that the current line becomes the middle one while keeping the
 | 
						|
cursor on that line.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic scroll-top
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Scroll down until the current line is at the top while keeping the cursor on
 | 
						|
that line.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic scroll-up
 | 
						|
(vi: C-y)
 | 
						|
(emacs: C-Up)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Scroll up.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic search-again
 | 
						|
(vi: n)
 | 
						|
(emacs: n)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Repeat the last search.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic search-backward
 | 
						|
.Ar text
 | 
						|
(vi: ?)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Search backwards for the specified text.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic search-backward-incremental
 | 
						|
.Ar text
 | 
						|
(emacs: C-r)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Search backwards incrementally for the specified text.
 | 
						|
Is expected to be used with the
 | 
						|
.Fl i
 | 
						|
flag to the
 | 
						|
.Ic command-prompt
 | 
						|
command.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic search-backward-text
 | 
						|
.Ar text
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Search backwards for the specified plain text.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic search-forward
 | 
						|
.Ar text
 | 
						|
(vi: /)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Search forward for the specified text.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic search-forward-incremental
 | 
						|
.Ar text
 | 
						|
(emacs: C-s)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Search forward incrementally for the specified text.
 | 
						|
Is expected to be used with the
 | 
						|
.Fl i
 | 
						|
flag to the
 | 
						|
.Ic command-prompt
 | 
						|
command.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic search-forward-text
 | 
						|
.Ar text
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Search forward for the specified plain text.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic search-reverse
 | 
						|
(vi: N)
 | 
						|
(emacs: N)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Repeat the last search in the reverse direction (forward becomes backward and
 | 
						|
backward becomes forward).
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic select-line
 | 
						|
(vi: V)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Select the current line.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic select-word
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Select the current word.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic set-mark
 | 
						|
(vi: X)
 | 
						|
(emacs: X)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Mark the current line.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic start-of-line
 | 
						|
(vi: 0)
 | 
						|
(emacs: C-a)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Move the cursor to the start of the line.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic stop-selection
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Stop selecting without clearing the current selection.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic toggle-position
 | 
						|
(vi: P)
 | 
						|
(emacs: P)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Toggle the visibility of the position indicator in the top right.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic top-line
 | 
						|
(vi: H)
 | 
						|
(emacs: M-R)
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Move to the top line.
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The search commands come in several varieties:
 | 
						|
.Ql search-forward
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ql search-backward
 | 
						|
search for a regular expression;
 | 
						|
the
 | 
						|
.Ql -text
 | 
						|
variants search for a plain text string rather than a regular expression;
 | 
						|
.Ql -incremental
 | 
						|
perform an incremental search and expect to be used with the
 | 
						|
.Fl i
 | 
						|
flag to the
 | 
						|
.Ic command-prompt
 | 
						|
command.
 | 
						|
.Ql search-again
 | 
						|
repeats the last search and
 | 
						|
.Ql search-reverse
 | 
						|
does the same but reverses the direction (forward becomes backward and backward
 | 
						|
becomes forward).
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Ql next-prompt
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ql previous-prompt
 | 
						|
move between shell prompts, but require the shell to emit an escape sequence
 | 
						|
(\e033]133;A\e033\e\e) to tell
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
where the prompts are located; if the shell does not do this, these commands
 | 
						|
will do nothing.
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl o
 | 
						|
flag jumps to the beginning of the command output instead of the shell prompt.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Copy commands may take an optional buffer prefix argument which is used
 | 
						|
to generate the buffer name (the default is
 | 
						|
.Ql buffer
 | 
						|
so buffers are named
 | 
						|
.Ql buffer0 ,
 | 
						|
.Ql buffer1
 | 
						|
and so on).
 | 
						|
Pipe commands take a command argument which is the command to which the
 | 
						|
selected text is piped.
 | 
						|
.Ql copy-pipe
 | 
						|
variants also copy the selection.
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Ql -and-cancel
 | 
						|
variants of some commands exit copy mode after they have completed (for copy
 | 
						|
commands) or when the cursor reaches the bottom (for scrolling commands).
 | 
						|
.Ql -no-clear
 | 
						|
variants do not clear the selection.
 | 
						|
All the copy commands can take the
 | 
						|
.Fl C
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Fl P
 | 
						|
flags.
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl C
 | 
						|
flag suppresses setting the terminal clipboard when copying, while the
 | 
						|
.Fl P
 | 
						|
flag suppresses adding a paste buffer with the text.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The next and previous word keys skip over whitespace and treat consecutive
 | 
						|
runs of either word separators or other letters as words.
 | 
						|
Word separators can be customized with the
 | 
						|
.Em word-separators
 | 
						|
session option.
 | 
						|
Next word moves to the start of the next word, next word end to the end of the
 | 
						|
next word and previous word to the start of the previous word.
 | 
						|
The three next and previous space keys work similarly but use a space alone as
 | 
						|
the word separator.
 | 
						|
Setting
 | 
						|
.Em word-separators
 | 
						|
to the empty string makes next/previous word equivalent to next/previous space.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The jump commands enable quick movement within a line.
 | 
						|
For instance, typing
 | 
						|
.Ql f
 | 
						|
followed by
 | 
						|
.Ql /
 | 
						|
will move the cursor to the next
 | 
						|
.Ql /
 | 
						|
character on the current line.
 | 
						|
A
 | 
						|
.Ql \&;
 | 
						|
will then jump to the next occurrence.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Commands in copy mode may be prefaced by an optional repeat count.
 | 
						|
With vi key bindings, a prefix is entered using the number keys; with
 | 
						|
emacs, the Alt (meta) key and a number begins prefix entry.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The synopsis for the
 | 
						|
.Ic copy-mode
 | 
						|
command is:
 | 
						|
.Bl -tag -width Ds
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic copy-mode
 | 
						|
.Op Fl deHMqSu
 | 
						|
.Op Fl s Ar src-pane
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Enter copy mode.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl u
 | 
						|
enters copy mode and scrolls one page up and
 | 
						|
.Fl d
 | 
						|
one page down.
 | 
						|
.Fl H
 | 
						|
hides the position indicator in the top right.
 | 
						|
.Fl q
 | 
						|
cancels copy mode and any other modes.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl M
 | 
						|
begins a mouse drag (only valid if bound to a mouse key binding, see
 | 
						|
.Sx MOUSE SUPPORT ) .
 | 
						|
.Fl S
 | 
						|
scrolls when bound to a mouse drag event; for example,
 | 
						|
.Ic copy-mode -Se
 | 
						|
is bound to
 | 
						|
.Ar MouseDrag1ScrollbarSlider
 | 
						|
by default.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl s
 | 
						|
copies from
 | 
						|
.Ar src-pane
 | 
						|
instead of
 | 
						|
.Ar target-pane .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl e
 | 
						|
specifies that scrolling to the bottom of the history (to the visible screen)
 | 
						|
should exit copy mode.
 | 
						|
While in copy mode, pressing a key other than those used for scrolling will
 | 
						|
disable this behaviour.
 | 
						|
This is intended to allow fast scrolling through a pane's history, for
 | 
						|
example with:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
bind PageUp copy-mode -eu
 | 
						|
bind PageDown copy-mode -ed
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
A number of preset arrangements of panes are available, these are called
 | 
						|
layouts.
 | 
						|
These may be selected with the
 | 
						|
.Ic select-layout
 | 
						|
command or cycled with
 | 
						|
.Ic next-layout
 | 
						|
(bound to
 | 
						|
.Ql Space
 | 
						|
by default); once a layout is chosen, panes within it may be moved and resized
 | 
						|
as normal.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The following layouts are supported:
 | 
						|
.Bl -tag -width Ds
 | 
						|
.It Ic even-horizontal
 | 
						|
Panes are spread out evenly from left to right across the window.
 | 
						|
.It Ic even-vertical
 | 
						|
Panes are spread evenly from top to bottom.
 | 
						|
.It Ic main-horizontal
 | 
						|
A large (main) pane is shown at the top of the window and the remaining panes
 | 
						|
are spread from left to right in the leftover space at the bottom.
 | 
						|
Use the
 | 
						|
.Em main-pane-height
 | 
						|
window option to specify the height of the top pane.
 | 
						|
.It Ic main-horizontal-mirrored
 | 
						|
The same as
 | 
						|
.Ic main-horizontal
 | 
						|
but mirrored so the main pane is at the bottom of the window.
 | 
						|
.It Ic main-vertical
 | 
						|
A large (main) pane is shown on the left of the window and the remaining panes
 | 
						|
are spread from top to bottom in the leftover space on the right.
 | 
						|
Use the
 | 
						|
.Em main-pane-width
 | 
						|
window option to specify the width of the left pane.
 | 
						|
.It Ic main-vertical-mirrored
 | 
						|
The same as
 | 
						|
.Ic main-vertical
 | 
						|
but mirrored so the main pane is on the right of the window.
 | 
						|
.It Ic tiled
 | 
						|
Panes are spread out as evenly as possible over the window in both rows and
 | 
						|
columns.
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
In addition,
 | 
						|
.Ic select-layout
 | 
						|
may be used to apply a previously used layout - the
 | 
						|
.Ic list-windows
 | 
						|
command displays the layout of each window in a form suitable for use with
 | 
						|
.Ic select-layout .
 | 
						|
For example:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
$ tmux list-windows
 | 
						|
0: ksh [159x48]
 | 
						|
    layout: bb62,159x48,0,0{79x48,0,0,79x48,80,0}
 | 
						|
$ tmux select-layout \[aq]bb62,159x48,0,0{79x48,0,0,79x48,80,0}\[aq]
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
automatically adjusts the size of the layout for the current window size.
 | 
						|
Note that a layout cannot be applied to a window with more panes than that
 | 
						|
from which the layout was originally defined.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Commands related to windows and panes are as follows:
 | 
						|
.Bl -tag -width Ds
 | 
						|
.Tg breakp
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic break-pane
 | 
						|
.Op Fl abdP
 | 
						|
.Op Fl F Ar format
 | 
						|
.Op Fl n Ar window-name
 | 
						|
.Op Fl s Ar src-pane
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar dst-window
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic breakp
 | 
						|
Break
 | 
						|
.Ar src-pane
 | 
						|
off from its containing window to make it the only pane in
 | 
						|
.Ar dst-window .
 | 
						|
With
 | 
						|
.Fl a
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Fl b ,
 | 
						|
the window is moved to the next index after or before (existing windows are
 | 
						|
moved if necessary).
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl d
 | 
						|
is given, the new window does not become the current window.
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl P
 | 
						|
option prints information about the new window after it has been created.
 | 
						|
By default, it uses the format
 | 
						|
.Ql #{session_name}:#{window_index}.#{pane_index}
 | 
						|
but a different format may be specified with
 | 
						|
.Fl F .
 | 
						|
.Tg capturep
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic capture-pane
 | 
						|
.Op Fl aAepPqCJN
 | 
						|
.Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
 | 
						|
.Op Fl E Ar end-line
 | 
						|
.Op Fl S Ar start-line
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic capturep
 | 
						|
Capture the contents of a pane.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl p
 | 
						|
is given, the output goes to stdout, otherwise to the buffer specified with
 | 
						|
.Fl b
 | 
						|
or a new buffer if omitted.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl a
 | 
						|
is given, the alternate screen is used, and the history is not accessible.
 | 
						|
If no alternate screen exists, an error will be returned unless
 | 
						|
.Fl q
 | 
						|
is given.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl e
 | 
						|
is given, the output includes escape sequences for text and background
 | 
						|
attributes.
 | 
						|
.Fl C
 | 
						|
also escapes non-printable characters as octal \exxx.
 | 
						|
.Fl T
 | 
						|
ignores trailing positions that do not contain a character.
 | 
						|
.Fl N
 | 
						|
preserves trailing spaces at each line's end and
 | 
						|
.Fl J
 | 
						|
preserves trailing spaces and joins any wrapped lines;
 | 
						|
.Fl J
 | 
						|
implies
 | 
						|
.Fl T .
 | 
						|
.Fl P
 | 
						|
captures only any output that the pane has received that is the beginning of an
 | 
						|
as-yet incomplete escape sequence.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl S
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Fl E
 | 
						|
specify the starting and ending line numbers, zero is the first line of the
 | 
						|
visible pane and negative numbers are lines in the history.
 | 
						|
.Ql -
 | 
						|
to
 | 
						|
.Fl S
 | 
						|
is the start of the history and to
 | 
						|
.Fl E
 | 
						|
the end of the visible pane.
 | 
						|
The default is to capture only the visible contents of the pane.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic choose-client
 | 
						|
.Op Fl NryZ
 | 
						|
.Op Fl F Ar format
 | 
						|
.Op Fl f Ar filter
 | 
						|
.Op Fl K Ar key-format
 | 
						|
.Op Fl O Ar sort-order
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
.Op Ar template
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Put a pane into client mode, allowing a client to be selected interactively from
 | 
						|
a list.
 | 
						|
Each client is shown on one line.
 | 
						|
A shortcut key is shown on the left in brackets allowing for immediate choice,
 | 
						|
or the list may be navigated and an item chosen or otherwise manipulated using
 | 
						|
the keys below.
 | 
						|
.Fl Z
 | 
						|
zooms the pane.
 | 
						|
.Fl y
 | 
						|
disables any confirmation prompts.
 | 
						|
The following keys may be used in client mode:
 | 
						|
.Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
 | 
						|
.It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Enter" Ta "Choose selected client"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous client"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Down" Ta "Select next client"
 | 
						|
.It Li "C-s" Ta "Search by name"
 | 
						|
.It Li "n" Ta "Repeat last search forwards"
 | 
						|
.It Li "N" Ta "Repeat last search backwards"
 | 
						|
.It Li "t" Ta "Toggle if client is tagged"
 | 
						|
.It Li "T" Ta "Tag no clients"
 | 
						|
.It Li "C-t" Ta "Tag all clients"
 | 
						|
.It Li "d" Ta "Detach selected client"
 | 
						|
.It Li "D" Ta "Detach tagged clients"
 | 
						|
.It Li "x" Ta "Detach and HUP selected client"
 | 
						|
.It Li "X" Ta "Detach and HUP tagged clients"
 | 
						|
.It Li "z" Ta "Suspend selected client"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Z" Ta "Suspend tagged clients"
 | 
						|
.It Li "f" Ta "Enter a format to filter items"
 | 
						|
.It Li "O" Ta "Change sort field"
 | 
						|
.It Li "r" Ta "Reverse sort order"
 | 
						|
.It Li "v" Ta "Toggle preview"
 | 
						|
.It Li "q" Ta "Exit mode"
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
After a client is chosen,
 | 
						|
.Ql %%
 | 
						|
is replaced by the client name in
 | 
						|
.Ar template
 | 
						|
and the result executed as a command.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Ar template
 | 
						|
is not given, "detach-client -t \[aq]%%\[aq]" is used.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl O
 | 
						|
specifies the initial sort field: one of
 | 
						|
.Ql name ,
 | 
						|
.Ql size ,
 | 
						|
.Ql creation
 | 
						|
(time),
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ql activity
 | 
						|
(time).
 | 
						|
.Fl r
 | 
						|
reverses the sort order.
 | 
						|
.Fl f
 | 
						|
specifies an initial filter: the filter is a format - if it evaluates to zero,
 | 
						|
the item in the list is not shown, otherwise it is shown.
 | 
						|
If a filter would lead to an empty list, it is ignored.
 | 
						|
.Fl F
 | 
						|
specifies the format for each item in the list and
 | 
						|
.Fl K
 | 
						|
a format for each shortcut key; both are evaluated once for each line.
 | 
						|
.Fl N
 | 
						|
starts without the preview or if given twice with the larger preview.
 | 
						|
This command works only if at least one client is attached.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic choose-tree
 | 
						|
.Op Fl GNrswyZ
 | 
						|
.Op Fl F Ar format
 | 
						|
.Op Fl f Ar filter
 | 
						|
.Op Fl K Ar key-format
 | 
						|
.Op Fl O Ar sort-order
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
.Op Ar template
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Put a pane into tree mode, where a session, window or pane may be chosen
 | 
						|
interactively from a tree.
 | 
						|
Each session, window or pane is shown on one line.
 | 
						|
A shortcut key is shown on the left in brackets allowing for immediate choice,
 | 
						|
or the tree may be navigated and an item chosen or otherwise manipulated using
 | 
						|
the keys below.
 | 
						|
.Fl s
 | 
						|
starts with sessions collapsed and
 | 
						|
.Fl w
 | 
						|
with windows collapsed.
 | 
						|
.Fl Z
 | 
						|
zooms the pane.
 | 
						|
.Fl y
 | 
						|
disables any confirmation prompts.
 | 
						|
The following keys may be used in tree mode:
 | 
						|
.Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
 | 
						|
.It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Enter" Ta "Choose selected item"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous item"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Down" Ta "Select next item"
 | 
						|
.It Li "+" Ta "Expand selected item"
 | 
						|
.It Li "-" Ta "Collapse selected item"
 | 
						|
.It Li "M-+" Ta "Expand all items"
 | 
						|
.It Li "M--" Ta "Collapse all items"
 | 
						|
.It Li "x" Ta "Kill selected item"
 | 
						|
.It Li "X" Ta "Kill tagged items"
 | 
						|
.It Li "<" Ta "Scroll list of previews left"
 | 
						|
.It Li ">" Ta "Scroll list of previews right"
 | 
						|
.It Li "C-s" Ta "Search by name"
 | 
						|
.It Li "m" Ta "Set the marked pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "M" Ta "Clear the marked pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "n" Ta "Repeat last search forwards"
 | 
						|
.It Li "N" Ta "Repeat last search backwards"
 | 
						|
.It Li "t" Ta "Toggle if item is tagged"
 | 
						|
.It Li "T" Ta "Tag no items"
 | 
						|
.It Li "C-t" Ta "Tag all items"
 | 
						|
.It Li "\&:" Ta "Run a command for each tagged item"
 | 
						|
.It Li "f" Ta "Enter a format to filter items"
 | 
						|
.It Li "H" Ta "Jump to the starting pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "O" Ta "Change sort field"
 | 
						|
.It Li "r" Ta "Reverse sort order"
 | 
						|
.It Li "v" Ta "Toggle preview"
 | 
						|
.It Li "q" Ta "Exit mode"
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
After a session, window or pane is chosen, the first instance of
 | 
						|
.Ql %%
 | 
						|
and all instances of
 | 
						|
.Ql %1
 | 
						|
are replaced by the target in
 | 
						|
.Ar template
 | 
						|
and the result executed as a command.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Ar template
 | 
						|
is not given, "switch-client -t \[aq]%%\[aq]" is used.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl O
 | 
						|
specifies the initial sort field: one of
 | 
						|
.Ql index ,
 | 
						|
.Ql name ,
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ql time
 | 
						|
(activity).
 | 
						|
.Fl r
 | 
						|
reverses the sort order.
 | 
						|
.Fl f
 | 
						|
specifies an initial filter: the filter is a format - if it evaluates to zero,
 | 
						|
the item in the list is not shown, otherwise it is shown.
 | 
						|
If a filter would lead to an empty list, it is ignored.
 | 
						|
.Fl F
 | 
						|
specifies the format for each item in the tree and
 | 
						|
.Fl K
 | 
						|
a format for each shortcut key; both are evaluated once for each line.
 | 
						|
.Fl N
 | 
						|
starts without the preview or if given twice with the larger preview.
 | 
						|
.Fl G
 | 
						|
includes all sessions in any session groups in the tree rather than only the
 | 
						|
first.
 | 
						|
This command works only if at least one client is attached.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic customize-mode
 | 
						|
.Op Fl NZ
 | 
						|
.Op Fl F Ar format
 | 
						|
.Op Fl f Ar filter
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
.Op Ar template
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Put a pane into customize mode, where options and key bindings may be browsed
 | 
						|
and modified from a list.
 | 
						|
Option values in the list are shown for the active pane in the current window.
 | 
						|
.Fl Z
 | 
						|
zooms the pane.
 | 
						|
The following keys may be used in customize mode:
 | 
						|
.Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
 | 
						|
.It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Enter" Ta "Set pane, window, session or global option value"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous item"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Down" Ta "Select next item"
 | 
						|
.It Li "+" Ta "Expand selected item"
 | 
						|
.It Li "-" Ta "Collapse selected item"
 | 
						|
.It Li "M-+" Ta "Expand all items"
 | 
						|
.It Li "M--" Ta "Collapse all items"
 | 
						|
.It Li "s" Ta "Set option value or key attribute"
 | 
						|
.It Li "S" Ta "Set global option value"
 | 
						|
.It Li "w" Ta "Set window option value, if option is for pane and window"
 | 
						|
.It Li "d" Ta "Set an option or key to the default"
 | 
						|
.It Li "D" Ta "Set tagged options and tagged keys to the default"
 | 
						|
.It Li "u" Ta "Unset an option (set to default value if global) or unbind a key"
 | 
						|
.It Li "U" Ta "Unset tagged options and unbind tagged keys"
 | 
						|
.It Li "C-s" Ta "Search by name"
 | 
						|
.It Li "n" Ta "Repeat last search forwards"
 | 
						|
.It Li "N" Ta "Repeat last search backwards"
 | 
						|
.It Li "t" Ta "Toggle if item is tagged"
 | 
						|
.It Li "T" Ta "Tag no items"
 | 
						|
.It Li "C-t" Ta "Tag all items"
 | 
						|
.It Li "f" Ta "Enter a format to filter items"
 | 
						|
.It Li "v" Ta "Toggle option information"
 | 
						|
.It Li "q" Ta "Exit mode"
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl f
 | 
						|
specifies an initial filter: the filter is a format - if it evaluates to zero,
 | 
						|
the item in the list is not shown, otherwise it is shown.
 | 
						|
If a filter would lead to an empty list, it is ignored.
 | 
						|
.Fl F
 | 
						|
specifies the format for each item in the tree.
 | 
						|
.Fl N
 | 
						|
starts without the option information.
 | 
						|
This command works only if at least one client is attached.
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Tg displayp
 | 
						|
.Ic display-panes
 | 
						|
.Op Fl bN
 | 
						|
.Op Fl d Ar duration
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-client
 | 
						|
.Op Ar template
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic displayp
 | 
						|
Display a visible indicator of each pane shown by
 | 
						|
.Ar target-client .
 | 
						|
See the
 | 
						|
.Ic display-panes-colour
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ic display-panes-active-colour
 | 
						|
session options.
 | 
						|
The indicator is closed when a key is pressed (unless
 | 
						|
.Fl N
 | 
						|
is given) or
 | 
						|
.Ar duration
 | 
						|
milliseconds have passed.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl d
 | 
						|
is not given,
 | 
						|
.Ic display-panes-time
 | 
						|
is used.
 | 
						|
A duration of zero means the indicator stays until a key is pressed.
 | 
						|
While the indicator is on screen, a pane may be chosen with the
 | 
						|
.Ql 0
 | 
						|
to
 | 
						|
.Ql 9
 | 
						|
keys, which will cause
 | 
						|
.Ar template
 | 
						|
to be executed as a command with
 | 
						|
.Ql %%
 | 
						|
substituted by the pane ID.
 | 
						|
The default
 | 
						|
.Ar template
 | 
						|
is "select-pane -t \[aq]%%\[aq]".
 | 
						|
With
 | 
						|
.Fl b ,
 | 
						|
other commands are not blocked from running until the indicator is closed.
 | 
						|
.Tg findw
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic find-window
 | 
						|
.Op Fl iCNrTZ
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
.Ar match-string
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic findw
 | 
						|
Search for a
 | 
						|
.Xr fnmatch 3
 | 
						|
pattern or, with
 | 
						|
.Fl r ,
 | 
						|
regular expression
 | 
						|
.Ar match-string
 | 
						|
in window names, titles, and visible content (but not history).
 | 
						|
The flags control matching behavior:
 | 
						|
.Fl C
 | 
						|
matches only visible window contents,
 | 
						|
.Fl N
 | 
						|
matches only the window name and
 | 
						|
.Fl T
 | 
						|
matches only the window title.
 | 
						|
.Fl i
 | 
						|
makes the search ignore case.
 | 
						|
The default is
 | 
						|
.Fl CNT .
 | 
						|
.Fl Z
 | 
						|
zooms the pane.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
This command works only if at least one client is attached.
 | 
						|
.Tg joinp
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic join-pane
 | 
						|
.Op Fl bdfhv
 | 
						|
.Op Fl l Ar size
 | 
						|
.Op Fl s Ar src-pane
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar dst-pane
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic joinp
 | 
						|
Like
 | 
						|
.Ic split-window ,
 | 
						|
but instead of splitting
 | 
						|
.Ar dst-pane
 | 
						|
and creating a new pane, split it and move
 | 
						|
.Ar src-pane
 | 
						|
into the space.
 | 
						|
This can be used to reverse
 | 
						|
.Ic break-pane .
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl b
 | 
						|
option causes
 | 
						|
.Ar src-pane
 | 
						|
to be joined to left of or above
 | 
						|
.Ar dst-pane .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl s
 | 
						|
is omitted and a marked pane is present (see
 | 
						|
.Ic select-pane
 | 
						|
.Fl m ) ,
 | 
						|
the marked pane is used rather than the current pane.
 | 
						|
.Tg killp
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic kill-pane
 | 
						|
.Op Fl a
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic killp
 | 
						|
Destroy the given pane.
 | 
						|
If no panes remain in the containing window, it is also destroyed.
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl a
 | 
						|
option kills all but the pane given with
 | 
						|
.Fl t .
 | 
						|
.Tg killw
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic kill-window
 | 
						|
.Op Fl a
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-window
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic killw
 | 
						|
Kill the current window or the window at
 | 
						|
.Ar target-window ,
 | 
						|
removing it from any sessions to which it is linked.
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl a
 | 
						|
option kills all but the window given with
 | 
						|
.Fl t .
 | 
						|
.Tg lastp
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic last-pane
 | 
						|
.Op Fl deZ
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-window
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic lastp
 | 
						|
Select the last (previously selected) pane.
 | 
						|
.Fl Z
 | 
						|
keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
 | 
						|
.Fl e
 | 
						|
enables or
 | 
						|
.Fl d
 | 
						|
disables input to the pane.
 | 
						|
.Tg last
 | 
						|
.It Ic last-window Op Fl t Ar target-session
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic last
 | 
						|
Select the last (previously selected) window.
 | 
						|
If no
 | 
						|
.Ar target-session
 | 
						|
is specified, select the last window of the current session.
 | 
						|
.Tg link
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic link-window
 | 
						|
.Op Fl abdk
 | 
						|
.Op Fl s Ar src-window
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar dst-window
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic linkw
 | 
						|
Link the window at
 | 
						|
.Ar src-window
 | 
						|
to the specified
 | 
						|
.Ar dst-window .
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Ar dst-window
 | 
						|
is specified and no such window exists, the
 | 
						|
.Ar src-window
 | 
						|
is linked there.
 | 
						|
With
 | 
						|
.Fl a
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Fl b
 | 
						|
the window is moved to the next index after or before
 | 
						|
.Ar dst-window
 | 
						|
(existing windows are moved if necessary).
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl k
 | 
						|
is given and
 | 
						|
.Ar dst-window
 | 
						|
exists, it is killed, otherwise an error is generated.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl d
 | 
						|
is given, the newly linked window is not selected.
 | 
						|
.Tg lsp
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic list-panes
 | 
						|
.Op Fl as
 | 
						|
.Op Fl F Ar format
 | 
						|
.Op Fl f Ar filter
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic lsp
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl a
 | 
						|
is given,
 | 
						|
.Ar target
 | 
						|
is ignored and all panes on the server are listed.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl s
 | 
						|
is given,
 | 
						|
.Ar target
 | 
						|
is a session (or the current session).
 | 
						|
If neither is given,
 | 
						|
.Ar target
 | 
						|
is a window (or the current window).
 | 
						|
.Fl F
 | 
						|
specifies the format of each line and
 | 
						|
.Fl f
 | 
						|
a filter.
 | 
						|
Only panes for which the filter is true are shown.
 | 
						|
See the
 | 
						|
.Sx FORMATS
 | 
						|
section.
 | 
						|
.Tg lsw
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic list-windows
 | 
						|
.Op Fl a
 | 
						|
.Op Fl F Ar format
 | 
						|
.Op Fl f Ar filter
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-session
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic lsw
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl a
 | 
						|
is given, list all windows on the server.
 | 
						|
Otherwise, list windows in the current session or in
 | 
						|
.Ar target-session .
 | 
						|
.Fl F
 | 
						|
specifies the format of each line and
 | 
						|
.Fl f
 | 
						|
a filter.
 | 
						|
Only windows for which the filter is true are shown.
 | 
						|
See the
 | 
						|
.Sx FORMATS
 | 
						|
section.
 | 
						|
.Tg movep
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic move-pane
 | 
						|
.Op Fl bdfhv
 | 
						|
.Op Fl l Ar size
 | 
						|
.Op Fl s Ar src-pane
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar dst-pane
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic movep
 | 
						|
Does the same as
 | 
						|
.Ic join-pane .
 | 
						|
.Tg movew
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic move-window
 | 
						|
.Op Fl abrdk
 | 
						|
.Op Fl s Ar src-window
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar dst-window
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic movew
 | 
						|
This is similar to
 | 
						|
.Ic link-window ,
 | 
						|
except the window at
 | 
						|
.Ar src-window
 | 
						|
is moved to
 | 
						|
.Ar dst-window .
 | 
						|
With
 | 
						|
.Fl r ,
 | 
						|
all windows in the session are renumbered in sequential order, respecting
 | 
						|
the
 | 
						|
.Ic base-index
 | 
						|
option.
 | 
						|
.Tg neww
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic new-window
 | 
						|
.Op Fl abdkPS
 | 
						|
.Op Fl c Ar start-directory
 | 
						|
.Op Fl e Ar environment
 | 
						|
.Op Fl F Ar format
 | 
						|
.Op Fl n Ar window-name
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-window
 | 
						|
.Op Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic neww
 | 
						|
Create a new window.
 | 
						|
With
 | 
						|
.Fl a
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Fl b ,
 | 
						|
the new window is inserted at the next index after or before the specified
 | 
						|
.Ar target-window ,
 | 
						|
moving windows up if necessary;
 | 
						|
otherwise
 | 
						|
.Ar target-window
 | 
						|
is the new window location.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl d
 | 
						|
is given, the session does not make the new window the current window.
 | 
						|
.Ar target-window
 | 
						|
represents the window to be created; if the target already exists an error is
 | 
						|
shown, unless the
 | 
						|
.Fl k
 | 
						|
flag is used, in which case it is destroyed.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl S
 | 
						|
is given and a window named
 | 
						|
.Ar window-name
 | 
						|
already exists, it is selected (unless
 | 
						|
.Fl d
 | 
						|
is also given in which case the command does nothing).
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
is the command to execute.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
is not specified, the value of the
 | 
						|
.Ic default-command
 | 
						|
option is used.
 | 
						|
.Fl c
 | 
						|
specifies the working directory in which the new window is created.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
When the shell command completes, the window closes.
 | 
						|
See the
 | 
						|
.Ic remain-on-exit
 | 
						|
option to change this behaviour.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl e
 | 
						|
takes the form
 | 
						|
.Ql VARIABLE=value
 | 
						|
and sets an environment variable for the newly created window; it may be
 | 
						|
specified multiple times.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Ev TERM
 | 
						|
environment variable must be set to
 | 
						|
.Ql screen
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ql tmux
 | 
						|
for all programs running
 | 
						|
.Em inside
 | 
						|
.Nm .
 | 
						|
New windows will automatically have
 | 
						|
.Ql TERM=screen
 | 
						|
added to their environment, but care must be taken not to reset this in shell
 | 
						|
start-up files or by the
 | 
						|
.Fl e
 | 
						|
option.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl P
 | 
						|
option prints information about the new window after it has been created.
 | 
						|
By default, it uses the format
 | 
						|
.Ql #{session_name}:#{window_index}
 | 
						|
but a different format may be specified with
 | 
						|
.Fl F .
 | 
						|
.Tg nextl
 | 
						|
.It Ic next-layout Op Fl t Ar target-window
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic nextl
 | 
						|
Move a window to the next layout and rearrange the panes to fit.
 | 
						|
.Tg next
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic next-window
 | 
						|
.Op Fl a
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-session
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic next
 | 
						|
Move to the next window in the session.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl a
 | 
						|
is used, move to the next window with an alert.
 | 
						|
.Tg pipep
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic pipe-pane
 | 
						|
.Op Fl IOo
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
.Op Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic pipep
 | 
						|
Pipe output sent by the program in
 | 
						|
.Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
to a shell command or vice versa.
 | 
						|
A pane may only be connected to one command at a time, any existing pipe is
 | 
						|
closed before
 | 
						|
.Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
is executed.
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
string may contain the special character sequences supported by the
 | 
						|
.Ic status-left
 | 
						|
option.
 | 
						|
If no
 | 
						|
.Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
is given, the current pipe (if any) is closed.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl I
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Fl O
 | 
						|
specify which of the
 | 
						|
.Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
output streams are connected to the pane:
 | 
						|
with
 | 
						|
.Fl I
 | 
						|
stdout is connected (so anything
 | 
						|
.Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
prints is written to the pane as if it were typed);
 | 
						|
with
 | 
						|
.Fl O
 | 
						|
stdin is connected (so any output in the pane is piped to
 | 
						|
.Ar shell-command ) .
 | 
						|
Both may be used together and if neither are specified,
 | 
						|
.Fl O
 | 
						|
is used.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl o
 | 
						|
option only opens a new pipe if no previous pipe exists, allowing a pipe to
 | 
						|
be toggled with a single key, for example:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
bind-key C-p pipe-pane -o \[aq]cat >>\[ti]/output.#I-#P\[aq]
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Tg prevl
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic previous-layout
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-window
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic prevl
 | 
						|
Move to the previous layout in the session.
 | 
						|
.Tg prev
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic previous-window
 | 
						|
.Op Fl a
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-session
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic prev
 | 
						|
Move to the previous window in the session.
 | 
						|
With
 | 
						|
.Fl a ,
 | 
						|
move to the previous window with an alert.
 | 
						|
.Tg renamew
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic rename-window
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-window
 | 
						|
.Ar new-name
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic renamew
 | 
						|
Rename the current window, or the window at
 | 
						|
.Ar target-window
 | 
						|
if specified, to
 | 
						|
.Ar new-name .
 | 
						|
.Tg resizep
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic resize-pane
 | 
						|
.Op Fl DLMRTUZ
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
.Op Fl x Ar width
 | 
						|
.Op Fl y Ar height
 | 
						|
.Op Ar adjustment
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic resizep
 | 
						|
Resize a pane, up, down, left or right by
 | 
						|
.Ar adjustment
 | 
						|
with
 | 
						|
.Fl U ,
 | 
						|
.Fl D ,
 | 
						|
.Fl L
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Fl R ,
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
to an absolute size
 | 
						|
with
 | 
						|
.Fl x
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Fl y .
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Ar adjustment
 | 
						|
is given in lines or columns (the default is 1);
 | 
						|
.Fl x
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Fl y
 | 
						|
may be a given as a number of lines or columns or followed by
 | 
						|
.Ql %
 | 
						|
for a percentage of the window size (for example
 | 
						|
.Ql -x 10% ) .
 | 
						|
With
 | 
						|
.Fl Z ,
 | 
						|
the active pane is toggled between zoomed (occupying the whole of the window)
 | 
						|
and unzoomed (its normal position in the layout).
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl M
 | 
						|
begins mouse resizing (only valid if bound to a mouse key binding, see
 | 
						|
.Sx MOUSE SUPPORT ) .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl T
 | 
						|
trims all lines below the current cursor position and moves lines out of the
 | 
						|
history to replace them.
 | 
						|
.Tg resizew
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic resize-window
 | 
						|
.Op Fl aADLRU
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-window
 | 
						|
.Op Fl x Ar width
 | 
						|
.Op Fl y Ar height
 | 
						|
.Op Ar adjustment
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic resizew
 | 
						|
Resize a window, up, down, left or right by
 | 
						|
.Ar adjustment
 | 
						|
with
 | 
						|
.Fl U ,
 | 
						|
.Fl D ,
 | 
						|
.Fl L
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Fl R ,
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
to an absolute size
 | 
						|
with
 | 
						|
.Fl x
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Fl y .
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Ar adjustment
 | 
						|
is given in lines or cells (the default is 1).
 | 
						|
.Fl A
 | 
						|
sets the size of the largest session containing the window;
 | 
						|
.Fl a
 | 
						|
the size of the smallest.
 | 
						|
This command will automatically set
 | 
						|
.Ic window-size
 | 
						|
to manual in the window options.
 | 
						|
.Tg respawnp
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic respawn-pane
 | 
						|
.Op Fl k
 | 
						|
.Op Fl c Ar start-directory
 | 
						|
.Op Fl e Ar environment
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
.Op Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic respawnp
 | 
						|
Reactivate a pane in which the command has exited (see the
 | 
						|
.Ic remain-on-exit
 | 
						|
window option).
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
is not given, the command used when the pane was created or last respawned is
 | 
						|
executed.
 | 
						|
The pane must be already inactive, unless
 | 
						|
.Fl k
 | 
						|
is given, in which case any existing command is killed.
 | 
						|
.Fl c
 | 
						|
specifies a new working directory for the pane.
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl e
 | 
						|
option has the same meaning as for the
 | 
						|
.Ic new-window
 | 
						|
command.
 | 
						|
.Tg respawnw
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic respawn-window
 | 
						|
.Op Fl k
 | 
						|
.Op Fl c Ar start-directory
 | 
						|
.Op Fl e Ar environment
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-window
 | 
						|
.Op Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic respawnw
 | 
						|
Reactivate a window in which the command has exited (see the
 | 
						|
.Ic remain-on-exit
 | 
						|
window option).
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
is not given, the command used when the window was created or last respawned is
 | 
						|
executed.
 | 
						|
The window must be already inactive, unless
 | 
						|
.Fl k
 | 
						|
is given, in which case any existing command is killed.
 | 
						|
.Fl c
 | 
						|
specifies a new working directory for the window.
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl e
 | 
						|
option has the same meaning as for the
 | 
						|
.Ic new-window
 | 
						|
command.
 | 
						|
.Tg rotatew
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic rotate-window
 | 
						|
.Op Fl DUZ
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-window
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic rotatew
 | 
						|
Rotate the positions of the panes within a window, either upward (numerically
 | 
						|
lower) with
 | 
						|
.Fl U
 | 
						|
or downward (numerically higher).
 | 
						|
.Fl Z
 | 
						|
keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
 | 
						|
.Tg selectl
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic select-layout
 | 
						|
.Op Fl Enop
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
.Op Ar layout-name
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic selectl
 | 
						|
Choose a specific layout for a window.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Ar layout-name
 | 
						|
is not given, the last preset layout used (if any) is reapplied.
 | 
						|
.Fl n
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Fl p
 | 
						|
are equivalent to the
 | 
						|
.Ic next-layout
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ic previous-layout
 | 
						|
commands.
 | 
						|
.Fl o
 | 
						|
applies the last set layout if possible (undoes the most recent layout change).
 | 
						|
.Fl E
 | 
						|
spreads the current pane and any panes next to it out evenly.
 | 
						|
.Tg selectp
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic select-pane
 | 
						|
.Op Fl DdeLlMmRUZ
 | 
						|
.Op Fl T Ar title
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic selectp
 | 
						|
Make pane
 | 
						|
.Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
the active pane in its window.
 | 
						|
If one of
 | 
						|
.Fl D ,
 | 
						|
.Fl L ,
 | 
						|
.Fl R ,
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Fl U
 | 
						|
is used, respectively the pane below, to the left, to the right, or above the
 | 
						|
target pane is used.
 | 
						|
.Fl Z
 | 
						|
keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
 | 
						|
.Fl l
 | 
						|
is the same as using the
 | 
						|
.Ic last-pane
 | 
						|
command.
 | 
						|
.Fl e
 | 
						|
enables or
 | 
						|
.Fl d
 | 
						|
disables input to the pane.
 | 
						|
.Fl T
 | 
						|
sets the pane title.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl m
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Fl M
 | 
						|
are used to set and clear the
 | 
						|
.Em marked pane .
 | 
						|
There is one marked pane at a time, setting a new marked pane clears the last.
 | 
						|
The marked pane is the default target for
 | 
						|
.Fl s
 | 
						|
to
 | 
						|
.Ic join-pane ,
 | 
						|
.Ic move-pane ,
 | 
						|
.Ic swap-pane
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ic swap-window .
 | 
						|
.Tg selectw
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic select-window
 | 
						|
.Op Fl lnpT
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-window
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic selectw
 | 
						|
Select the window at
 | 
						|
.Ar target-window .
 | 
						|
.Fl l ,
 | 
						|
.Fl n
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Fl p
 | 
						|
are equivalent to the
 | 
						|
.Ic last-window ,
 | 
						|
.Ic next-window
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ic previous-window
 | 
						|
commands.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl T
 | 
						|
is given and the selected window is already the current window,
 | 
						|
the command behaves like
 | 
						|
.Ic last-window .
 | 
						|
.Tg splitw
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic split-window
 | 
						|
.Op Fl bdfhIvPZ
 | 
						|
.Op Fl c Ar start-directory
 | 
						|
.Op Fl e Ar environment
 | 
						|
.Op Fl l Ar size
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
.Op Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
.Op Fl F Ar format
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic splitw
 | 
						|
Create a new pane by splitting
 | 
						|
.Ar target-pane :
 | 
						|
.Fl h
 | 
						|
does a horizontal split and
 | 
						|
.Fl v
 | 
						|
a vertical split; if neither is specified,
 | 
						|
.Fl v
 | 
						|
is assumed.
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl l
 | 
						|
option specifies the size of the new pane in lines (for vertical split) or in
 | 
						|
columns (for horizontal split);
 | 
						|
.Ar size
 | 
						|
may be followed by
 | 
						|
.Ql %
 | 
						|
to specify a percentage of the available space.
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl b
 | 
						|
option causes the new pane to be created to the left of or above
 | 
						|
.Ar target-pane .
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl f
 | 
						|
option creates a new pane spanning the full window height (with
 | 
						|
.Fl h )
 | 
						|
or full window width (with
 | 
						|
.Fl v ) ,
 | 
						|
instead of splitting the active pane.
 | 
						|
.Fl Z
 | 
						|
zooms if the window is not zoomed, or keeps it zoomed if already zoomed.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
An empty
 | 
						|
.Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
(\[aq]\[aq]) will create a pane with no command running in it.
 | 
						|
Output can be sent to such a pane with the
 | 
						|
.Ic display-message
 | 
						|
command.
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl I
 | 
						|
flag (if
 | 
						|
.Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
is not specified or empty)
 | 
						|
will create an empty pane and forward any output from stdin to it.
 | 
						|
For example:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
$ make 2>&1|tmux splitw -dI &
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
All other options have the same meaning as for the
 | 
						|
.Ic new-window
 | 
						|
command.
 | 
						|
.Tg swapp
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic swap-pane
 | 
						|
.Op Fl dDUZ
 | 
						|
.Op Fl s Ar src-pane
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar dst-pane
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic swapp
 | 
						|
Swap two panes.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl U
 | 
						|
is used and no source pane is specified with
 | 
						|
.Fl s ,
 | 
						|
.Ar dst-pane
 | 
						|
is swapped with the previous pane (before it numerically);
 | 
						|
.Fl D
 | 
						|
swaps with the next pane (after it numerically).
 | 
						|
.Fl d
 | 
						|
instructs
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
not to change the active pane and
 | 
						|
.Fl Z
 | 
						|
keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl s
 | 
						|
is omitted and a marked pane is present (see
 | 
						|
.Ic select-pane
 | 
						|
.Fl m ) ,
 | 
						|
the marked pane is used rather than the current pane.
 | 
						|
.Tg swapw
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic swap-window
 | 
						|
.Op Fl d
 | 
						|
.Op Fl s Ar src-window
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar dst-window
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic swapw
 | 
						|
This is similar to
 | 
						|
.Ic link-window ,
 | 
						|
except the source and destination windows are swapped.
 | 
						|
It is an error if no window exists at
 | 
						|
.Ar src-window .
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl d
 | 
						|
is given, the new window does not become the current window.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl s
 | 
						|
is omitted and a marked pane is present (see
 | 
						|
.Ic select-pane
 | 
						|
.Fl m ) ,
 | 
						|
the window containing the marked pane is used rather than the current window.
 | 
						|
.Tg unlinkw
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic unlink-window
 | 
						|
.Op Fl k
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-window
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic unlinkw
 | 
						|
Unlink
 | 
						|
.Ar target-window .
 | 
						|
Unless
 | 
						|
.Fl k
 | 
						|
is given, a window may be unlinked only if it is linked to multiple sessions -
 | 
						|
windows may not be linked to no sessions;
 | 
						|
if
 | 
						|
.Fl k
 | 
						|
is specified and the window is linked to only one session, it is unlinked and
 | 
						|
destroyed.
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Sh KEY BINDINGS
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
allows a command to be bound to most keys, with or without a prefix key.
 | 
						|
When specifying keys, most represent themselves (for example
 | 
						|
.Ql A
 | 
						|
to
 | 
						|
.Ql Z ) .
 | 
						|
Ctrl keys may be prefixed with
 | 
						|
.Ql C-
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ql ^ ,
 | 
						|
Shift keys with
 | 
						|
.Ql S-
 | 
						|
and Alt (meta) with
 | 
						|
.Ql M- .
 | 
						|
In addition, the following special key names are accepted:
 | 
						|
.Em Up ,
 | 
						|
.Em Down ,
 | 
						|
.Em Left ,
 | 
						|
.Em Right ,
 | 
						|
.Em BSpace ,
 | 
						|
.Em BTab ,
 | 
						|
.Em DC
 | 
						|
(Delete),
 | 
						|
.Em End ,
 | 
						|
.Em Enter ,
 | 
						|
.Em Escape ,
 | 
						|
.Em F1
 | 
						|
to
 | 
						|
.Em F12 ,
 | 
						|
.Em Home ,
 | 
						|
.Em IC
 | 
						|
(Insert),
 | 
						|
.Em NPage/PageDown/PgDn ,
 | 
						|
.Em PPage/PageUp/PgUp ,
 | 
						|
.Em Space ,
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Em Tab .
 | 
						|
Note that to bind the
 | 
						|
.Ql \&"
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ql \[aq]
 | 
						|
keys, quotation marks are necessary, for example:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
bind-key \[aq]"\[aq] split-window
 | 
						|
bind-key "\[aq]" new-window
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
A command bound to the
 | 
						|
.Em Any
 | 
						|
key will execute for all keys which do not have a more specific binding.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Commands related to key bindings are as follows:
 | 
						|
.Bl -tag -width Ds
 | 
						|
.Tg bind
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic bind-key
 | 
						|
.Op Fl nr
 | 
						|
.Op Fl N Ar note
 | 
						|
.Op Fl T Ar key-table
 | 
						|
.Ar key command Op Ar argument ...
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic bind
 | 
						|
Bind key
 | 
						|
.Ar key
 | 
						|
to
 | 
						|
.Ar command .
 | 
						|
Keys are bound in a key table.
 | 
						|
By default (without -T), the key is bound in
 | 
						|
the
 | 
						|
.Em prefix
 | 
						|
key table.
 | 
						|
This table is used for keys pressed after the prefix key (for example,
 | 
						|
by default
 | 
						|
.Ql c
 | 
						|
is bound to
 | 
						|
.Ic new-window
 | 
						|
in the
 | 
						|
.Em prefix
 | 
						|
table, so
 | 
						|
.Ql C-b c
 | 
						|
creates a new window).
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Em root
 | 
						|
table is used for keys pressed without the prefix key: binding
 | 
						|
.Ql c
 | 
						|
to
 | 
						|
.Ic new-window
 | 
						|
in the
 | 
						|
.Em root
 | 
						|
table (not recommended) means a plain
 | 
						|
.Ql c
 | 
						|
will create a new window.
 | 
						|
.Fl n
 | 
						|
is an alias
 | 
						|
for
 | 
						|
.Fl T Ar root .
 | 
						|
Keys may also be bound in custom key tables and the
 | 
						|
.Ic switch-client
 | 
						|
.Fl T
 | 
						|
command used to switch to them from a key binding.
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl r
 | 
						|
flag indicates this key may repeat, see the
 | 
						|
.Ic initial-repeat-time
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ic repeat-time
 | 
						|
options.
 | 
						|
.Fl N
 | 
						|
attaches a note to the key (shown with
 | 
						|
.Ic list-keys
 | 
						|
.Fl N ) .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
To view the default bindings and possible commands, see the
 | 
						|
.Ic list-keys
 | 
						|
command.
 | 
						|
.Tg lsk
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic list-keys
 | 
						|
.Op Fl 1aN
 | 
						|
.Op Fl P Ar prefix-string Fl T Ar key-table
 | 
						|
.Op Ar key
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic lsk
 | 
						|
List key bindings.
 | 
						|
There are two forms: the default lists keys as
 | 
						|
.Ic bind-key
 | 
						|
commands;
 | 
						|
.Fl N
 | 
						|
lists only keys with attached notes and shows only the key and note for each
 | 
						|
key.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
With the default form, all key tables are listed by default.
 | 
						|
.Fl T
 | 
						|
lists only keys in
 | 
						|
.Ar key-table .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
With the
 | 
						|
.Fl N
 | 
						|
form, only keys in the
 | 
						|
.Em root
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Em prefix
 | 
						|
key tables are listed by default;
 | 
						|
.Fl T
 | 
						|
also lists only keys in
 | 
						|
.Ar key-table .
 | 
						|
.Fl P
 | 
						|
specifies a prefix to print before each key and
 | 
						|
.Fl 1
 | 
						|
lists only the first matching key.
 | 
						|
.Fl a
 | 
						|
lists the command for keys that do not have a note rather than skipping them.
 | 
						|
.Tg send
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic send-keys
 | 
						|
.Op Fl FHKlMRX
 | 
						|
.Op Fl c Ar target-client
 | 
						|
.Op Fl N Ar repeat-count
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
.Ar key ...
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic send
 | 
						|
Send a key or keys to a window or client.
 | 
						|
Each argument
 | 
						|
.Ar key
 | 
						|
is the name of the key (such as
 | 
						|
.Ql C-a
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ql NPage )
 | 
						|
to send; if the string is not recognised as a key, it is sent as a series of
 | 
						|
characters.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl K
 | 
						|
is given, keys are sent to
 | 
						|
.Ar target-client ,
 | 
						|
so they are looked up in the client's key table, rather than to
 | 
						|
.Ar target-pane .
 | 
						|
All arguments are sent sequentially from first to last.
 | 
						|
If no keys are given and the command is bound to a key, then that key is used.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl l
 | 
						|
flag disables key name lookup and processes the keys as literal UTF-8
 | 
						|
characters.
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl H
 | 
						|
flag expects each key to be a hexadecimal number for an ASCII character.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl R
 | 
						|
flag causes the terminal state to be reset.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl M
 | 
						|
passes through a mouse event (only valid if bound to a mouse key binding, see
 | 
						|
.Sx MOUSE SUPPORT ) .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl X
 | 
						|
is used to send a command into copy mode - see
 | 
						|
the
 | 
						|
.Sx WINDOWS AND PANES
 | 
						|
section.
 | 
						|
.Fl N
 | 
						|
specifies a repeat count and
 | 
						|
.Fl F
 | 
						|
expands formats in arguments where appropriate.
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic send-prefix
 | 
						|
.Op Fl 2
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Send the prefix key, or with
 | 
						|
.Fl 2
 | 
						|
the secondary prefix key, to a window as if it was pressed.
 | 
						|
.Tg unbind
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic unbind-key
 | 
						|
.Op Fl anq
 | 
						|
.Op Fl T Ar key-table
 | 
						|
.Ar key
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic unbind
 | 
						|
Unbind the command bound to
 | 
						|
.Ar key .
 | 
						|
.Fl n
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Fl T
 | 
						|
are the same as for
 | 
						|
.Ic bind-key .
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl a
 | 
						|
is present, all key bindings are removed.
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl q
 | 
						|
option prevents errors being returned.
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Sh OPTIONS
 | 
						|
The appearance and behaviour of
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
may be modified by changing the value of various options.
 | 
						|
There are four types of option:
 | 
						|
.Em server options ,
 | 
						|
.Em session options ,
 | 
						|
.Em window options ,
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Em pane options .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
server has a set of global server options which do not apply to any particular
 | 
						|
window or session or pane.
 | 
						|
These are altered with the
 | 
						|
.Ic set-option
 | 
						|
.Fl s
 | 
						|
command, or displayed with the
 | 
						|
.Ic show-options
 | 
						|
.Fl s
 | 
						|
command.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
In addition, each individual session may have a set of session options, and
 | 
						|
there is a separate set of global session options.
 | 
						|
Sessions which do not have a particular option configured inherit the value
 | 
						|
from the global session options.
 | 
						|
Session options are set or unset with the
 | 
						|
.Ic set-option
 | 
						|
command and may be listed with the
 | 
						|
.Ic show-options
 | 
						|
command.
 | 
						|
The available server and session options are listed under the
 | 
						|
.Ic set-option
 | 
						|
command.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Similarly, a set of window options is attached to each window and a set of pane
 | 
						|
options to each pane.
 | 
						|
Pane options inherit from window options.
 | 
						|
This means any pane option may be set as a window option to apply the option to
 | 
						|
all panes in the window without the option set, for example these commands will
 | 
						|
set the background colour to red for all panes except pane 0:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
set -w window-style bg=red
 | 
						|
set -pt:.0 window-style bg=blue
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
There is also a set of global window options from which any unset window or
 | 
						|
pane options are inherited.
 | 
						|
Window and pane options are altered with
 | 
						|
.Ic set-option
 | 
						|
.Fl w
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Fl p
 | 
						|
commands and displayed with
 | 
						|
.Ic show-option
 | 
						|
.Fl w
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Fl p .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
also supports user options which are prefixed with a
 | 
						|
.Ql \&@ .
 | 
						|
User options may have any name, so long as they are prefixed with
 | 
						|
.Ql \&@ ,
 | 
						|
and be set to any string.
 | 
						|
For example:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
$ tmux set -wq @foo "abc123"
 | 
						|
$ tmux show -wv @foo
 | 
						|
abc123
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Commands which set options are as follows:
 | 
						|
.Bl -tag -width Ds
 | 
						|
.Tg set
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic set-option
 | 
						|
.Op Fl aFgopqsuUw
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
.Ar option Ar value
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic set
 | 
						|
Set a pane option with
 | 
						|
.Fl p ,
 | 
						|
a window option with
 | 
						|
.Fl w ,
 | 
						|
a server option with
 | 
						|
.Fl s ,
 | 
						|
otherwise a session option.
 | 
						|
If the option is not a user option,
 | 
						|
.Fl w
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Fl s
 | 
						|
may be unnecessary -
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
will infer the type from the option name, assuming
 | 
						|
.Fl w
 | 
						|
for pane options.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl g
 | 
						|
is given, the global session or window option is set.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl F
 | 
						|
expands formats in the option value.
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl u
 | 
						|
flag unsets an option, so a session inherits the option from the global
 | 
						|
options (or with
 | 
						|
.Fl g ,
 | 
						|
restores a global option to the default).
 | 
						|
.Fl U
 | 
						|
unsets an option (like
 | 
						|
.Fl u )
 | 
						|
but if the option is a pane option also unsets the option on any panes in the
 | 
						|
window.
 | 
						|
.Ar value
 | 
						|
depends on the option and may be a number, a string, or a flag (on, off, or
 | 
						|
omitted to toggle).
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl o
 | 
						|
flag prevents setting an option that is already set and the
 | 
						|
.Fl q
 | 
						|
flag suppresses errors about unknown or ambiguous options.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
With
 | 
						|
.Fl a ,
 | 
						|
and if the option expects a string or a style,
 | 
						|
.Ar value
 | 
						|
is appended to the existing setting.
 | 
						|
For example:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
set -g status-left "foo"
 | 
						|
set -ag status-left "bar"
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Will result in
 | 
						|
.Ql foobar .
 | 
						|
And:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
set -g status-style "bg=red"
 | 
						|
set -ag status-style "fg=blue"
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Will result in a red background
 | 
						|
.Em and
 | 
						|
blue foreground.
 | 
						|
Without
 | 
						|
.Fl a ,
 | 
						|
the result would be the default background and a blue foreground.
 | 
						|
.Tg show
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic show-options
 | 
						|
.Op Fl AgHpqsvw
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
.Op Ar option
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic show
 | 
						|
Show the pane options (or a single option if
 | 
						|
.Ar option
 | 
						|
is provided) with
 | 
						|
.Fl p ,
 | 
						|
the window options with
 | 
						|
.Fl w ,
 | 
						|
the server options with
 | 
						|
.Fl s ,
 | 
						|
otherwise the session options.
 | 
						|
If the option is not a user option,
 | 
						|
.Fl w
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Fl s
 | 
						|
may be unnecessary -
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
will infer the type from the option name, assuming
 | 
						|
.Fl w
 | 
						|
for pane options.
 | 
						|
Global session or window options are listed if
 | 
						|
.Fl g
 | 
						|
is used.
 | 
						|
.Fl v
 | 
						|
shows only the option value, not the name.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl q
 | 
						|
is set, no error will be returned if
 | 
						|
.Ar option
 | 
						|
is unset.
 | 
						|
.Fl H
 | 
						|
includes hooks (omitted by default).
 | 
						|
.Fl A
 | 
						|
includes options inherited from a parent set of options, such options are
 | 
						|
marked with an asterisk.
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Available server options are:
 | 
						|
.Bl -tag -width Ds
 | 
						|
.It Ic backspace Ar key
 | 
						|
Set the key sent by
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
for backspace.
 | 
						|
.It Ic buffer-limit Ar number
 | 
						|
Set the number of buffers; as new buffers are added to the top of the stack,
 | 
						|
old ones are removed from the bottom if necessary to maintain this maximum
 | 
						|
length.
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic command-alias[]
 | 
						|
.Ar name=value
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
This is an array of custom aliases for commands.
 | 
						|
If an unknown command matches
 | 
						|
.Ar name ,
 | 
						|
it is replaced with
 | 
						|
.Ar value .
 | 
						|
For example, after:
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Dl set -s command-alias[100] zoom=\[aq]resize-pane -Z\[aq]
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Using:
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Dl zoom -t:.1
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Is equivalent to:
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Dl resize-pane -Z -t:.1
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Note that aliases are expanded when a command is parsed rather than when it is
 | 
						|
executed, so binding an alias with
 | 
						|
.Ic bind-key
 | 
						|
will bind the expanded form.
 | 
						|
.It Ic copy-command Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
Give the command to pipe to if the
 | 
						|
.Ic copy-pipe
 | 
						|
copy mode command is used without arguments.
 | 
						|
.It Ic default-terminal Ar terminal
 | 
						|
Set the default terminal for new windows created in this session - the
 | 
						|
default value of the
 | 
						|
.Ev TERM
 | 
						|
environment variable.
 | 
						|
For
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
to work correctly, this
 | 
						|
.Em must
 | 
						|
be set to
 | 
						|
.Ql screen ,
 | 
						|
.Ql tmux
 | 
						|
or a derivative of them.
 | 
						|
.It Ic escape-time Ar time
 | 
						|
Set the time in milliseconds for which
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
waits after an escape is input to determine if it is part of a function or meta
 | 
						|
key sequences.
 | 
						|
.It Ic editor Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
Set the command used when
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
runs an editor.
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic exit-empty
 | 
						|
.Op Ic on | off
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
If enabled (the default), the server will exit when there are no active
 | 
						|
sessions.
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic exit-unattached
 | 
						|
.Op Ic on | off
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
If enabled, the server will exit when there are no attached clients.
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic extended-keys
 | 
						|
.Op Ic on | off | always
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Controls how modified keys (keys pressed together with Control, Meta, or Shift)
 | 
						|
are reported.
 | 
						|
This is the equivalent of the
 | 
						|
.Ic modifyOtherKeys
 | 
						|
.Xr xterm 1
 | 
						|
resource.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
When set to
 | 
						|
.Ic on ,
 | 
						|
the program inside the pane can request one of two modes: mode 1 which changes
 | 
						|
the sequence for only keys which lack an existing well-known representation; or
 | 
						|
mode 2 which changes the sequence for all keys.
 | 
						|
When set to
 | 
						|
.Ic always ,
 | 
						|
modes 1 and 2 can still be requested by applications, but mode 1 will be forced
 | 
						|
instead of the standard mode.
 | 
						|
When set to
 | 
						|
.Ic off ,
 | 
						|
this feature is disabled and only standard keys are reported.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
will always request extended keys itself if the terminal supports them.
 | 
						|
See also the
 | 
						|
.Ic extkeys
 | 
						|
feature for the
 | 
						|
.Ic terminal-features
 | 
						|
option, the
 | 
						|
.Ic extended-keys-format
 | 
						|
option and the
 | 
						|
.Ic pane_key_mode
 | 
						|
variable.
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic extended-keys-format
 | 
						|
.Op Ic csi-u | xterm
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Selects one of the two possible formats for reporting modified keys to
 | 
						|
applications.
 | 
						|
This is the equivalent of the
 | 
						|
.Ic formatOtherKeys
 | 
						|
.Xr xterm 1
 | 
						|
resource.
 | 
						|
For example, C-S-a will be reported as
 | 
						|
.Ql ^[[27;6;65~
 | 
						|
when set to
 | 
						|
.Ic xterm ,
 | 
						|
and as
 | 
						|
.Ql ^[[65;6u
 | 
						|
when set to
 | 
						|
.Ic csi-u .
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic focus-events
 | 
						|
.Op Ic on | off
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
When enabled, focus events are requested from the terminal if supported and
 | 
						|
passed through to applications running in
 | 
						|
.Nm .
 | 
						|
Attached clients should be detached and attached again after changing this
 | 
						|
option.
 | 
						|
.It Ic history-file Ar path
 | 
						|
If not empty, a file to which
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
will write command prompt history on exit and load it from on start.
 | 
						|
.It Ic input-buffer-size Ar bytes
 | 
						|
Maximum of bytes allowed to read in escape and control sequences.
 | 
						|
Once reached, the sequence will be discarded.
 | 
						|
.It Ic message-limit Ar number
 | 
						|
Set the number of error or information messages to save in the message log for
 | 
						|
each client.
 | 
						|
.It Ic prompt-history-limit Ar number
 | 
						|
Set the number of history items to save in the history file for each type of
 | 
						|
command prompt.
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic set-clipboard
 | 
						|
.Op Ic on | external | off
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Attempt to set the terminal clipboard content using the
 | 
						|
.Xr xterm 1
 | 
						|
escape sequence, if there is an
 | 
						|
.Em \&Ms
 | 
						|
entry in the
 | 
						|
.Xr terminfo 5
 | 
						|
description (see the
 | 
						|
.Sx TERMINFO EXTENSIONS
 | 
						|
section).
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
If set to
 | 
						|
.Ic on ,
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
will both accept the escape sequence to create a buffer and attempt to set
 | 
						|
the terminal clipboard.
 | 
						|
If set to
 | 
						|
.Ic external ,
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
will attempt to set the terminal clipboard but ignore attempts
 | 
						|
by applications to set
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
buffers.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Ic off ,
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
will neither accept the clipboard escape sequence nor attempt to set the
 | 
						|
clipboard.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Note that this feature needs to be enabled in
 | 
						|
.Xr xterm 1
 | 
						|
by setting the resource:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
disallowedWindowOps: 20,21,SetXprop
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Or changing this property from the
 | 
						|
.Xr xterm 1
 | 
						|
interactive menu when required.
 | 
						|
.It Ic terminal-features[] Ar string
 | 
						|
Set terminal features for terminal types read from
 | 
						|
.Xr terminfo 5 .
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
has a set of named terminal features.
 | 
						|
Each will apply appropriate changes to the
 | 
						|
.Xr terminfo 5
 | 
						|
entry in use.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
can detect features for a few common terminals; this option can be used to
 | 
						|
easily tell tmux about features supported by terminals it cannot detect.
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Ic terminal-overrides
 | 
						|
option allows individual
 | 
						|
.Xr terminfo 5
 | 
						|
capabilities to be set instead,
 | 
						|
.Ic terminal-features
 | 
						|
is intended for classes of functionality supported in a standard way but not
 | 
						|
reported by
 | 
						|
.Xr terminfo 5 .
 | 
						|
Care must be taken to configure this only with features the terminal actually
 | 
						|
supports.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
This is an array option where each entry is a colon-separated string made up
 | 
						|
of a terminal type pattern (matched using
 | 
						|
.Xr fnmatch 3 )
 | 
						|
followed by a list of terminal features.
 | 
						|
The available features are:
 | 
						|
.Bl -tag -width Ds
 | 
						|
.It 256
 | 
						|
Supports 256 colours with the SGR escape sequences.
 | 
						|
.It clipboard
 | 
						|
Allows setting the system clipboard.
 | 
						|
.It ccolour
 | 
						|
Allows setting the cursor colour.
 | 
						|
.It cstyle
 | 
						|
Allows setting the cursor style.
 | 
						|
.It extkeys
 | 
						|
Supports extended keys.
 | 
						|
.It focus
 | 
						|
Supports focus reporting.
 | 
						|
.It hyperlinks
 | 
						|
Supports OSC 8 hyperlinks.
 | 
						|
.It ignorefkeys
 | 
						|
Ignore function keys from
 | 
						|
.Xr terminfo 5
 | 
						|
and use the
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
internal set only.
 | 
						|
.It margins
 | 
						|
Supports DECSLRM margins.
 | 
						|
.It mouse
 | 
						|
Supports
 | 
						|
.Xr xterm 1
 | 
						|
mouse sequences.
 | 
						|
.It osc7
 | 
						|
Supports the OSC 7 working directory extension.
 | 
						|
.It overline
 | 
						|
Supports the overline SGR attribute.
 | 
						|
.It rectfill
 | 
						|
Supports the DECFRA rectangle fill escape sequence.
 | 
						|
.It RGB
 | 
						|
Supports RGB colour with the SGR escape sequences.
 | 
						|
.It sixel
 | 
						|
Supports SIXEL graphics.
 | 
						|
.It strikethrough
 | 
						|
Supports the strikethrough SGR escape sequence.
 | 
						|
.It sync
 | 
						|
Supports synchronized updates.
 | 
						|
.It title
 | 
						|
Supports
 | 
						|
.Xr xterm 1
 | 
						|
title setting.
 | 
						|
.It usstyle
 | 
						|
Allows underscore style and colour to be set.
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.It Ic terminal-overrides[] Ar string
 | 
						|
Allow terminal descriptions read using
 | 
						|
.Xr terminfo 5
 | 
						|
to be overridden.
 | 
						|
Each entry is a colon-separated string made up of a terminal type pattern
 | 
						|
(matched using
 | 
						|
.Xr fnmatch 3 )
 | 
						|
and a set of
 | 
						|
.Em name=value
 | 
						|
entries.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
For example, to set the
 | 
						|
.Ql clear
 | 
						|
.Xr terminfo 5
 | 
						|
entry to
 | 
						|
.Ql \ee[H\ee[2J
 | 
						|
for all terminal types matching
 | 
						|
.Ql rxvt* :
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Dl "rxvt*:clear=\ee[H\ee[2J"
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The terminal entry value is passed through
 | 
						|
.Xr strunvis 3
 | 
						|
before interpretation.
 | 
						|
.It Ic user-keys[] Ar key
 | 
						|
Set list of user-defined key escape sequences.
 | 
						|
Each item is associated with a key named
 | 
						|
.Ql User0 ,
 | 
						|
.Ql User1 ,
 | 
						|
and so on.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
For example:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
set -s user-keys[0] "\ee[5;30012\[ti]"
 | 
						|
bind User0 resize-pane -L 3
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Available session options are:
 | 
						|
.Bl -tag -width Ds
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic activity-action
 | 
						|
.Op Ic any | none | current | other
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Set action on window activity when
 | 
						|
.Ic monitor-activity
 | 
						|
is on.
 | 
						|
.Ic any
 | 
						|
means activity in any window linked to a session causes a bell or message
 | 
						|
(depending on
 | 
						|
.Ic visual-activity )
 | 
						|
in the current window of that session,
 | 
						|
.Ic none
 | 
						|
means all activity is ignored (equivalent to
 | 
						|
.Ic monitor-activity
 | 
						|
being off),
 | 
						|
.Ic current
 | 
						|
means only activity in windows other than the current window are ignored and
 | 
						|
.Ic other
 | 
						|
means activity in the current window is ignored but not those in other windows.
 | 
						|
.It Ic assume-paste-time Ar milliseconds
 | 
						|
If keys are entered faster than one in
 | 
						|
.Ar milliseconds ,
 | 
						|
they are assumed to have been pasted rather than typed and
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
key bindings are not processed.
 | 
						|
The default is one millisecond and zero disables.
 | 
						|
.It Ic base-index Ar index
 | 
						|
Set the base index from which an unused index should be searched when a new
 | 
						|
window is created.
 | 
						|
The default is zero.
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic bell-action
 | 
						|
.Op Ic any | none | current | other
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Set action on a bell in a window when
 | 
						|
.Ic monitor-bell
 | 
						|
is on.
 | 
						|
The values are the same as those for
 | 
						|
.Ic activity-action .
 | 
						|
.It Ic default-command Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
Set the command used for new windows (if not specified when the window is
 | 
						|
created) to
 | 
						|
.Ar shell-command ,
 | 
						|
which may be any
 | 
						|
.Xr sh 1
 | 
						|
command.
 | 
						|
The default is an empty string, which instructs
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
to create a login shell using the value of the
 | 
						|
.Ic default-shell
 | 
						|
option.
 | 
						|
.It Ic default-shell Ar path
 | 
						|
Specify the default shell.
 | 
						|
This is used as the login shell for new windows when the
 | 
						|
.Ic default-command
 | 
						|
option is set to empty, and must be the full path of the executable.
 | 
						|
When started
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
tries to set a default value from the first suitable of the
 | 
						|
.Ev SHELL
 | 
						|
environment variable, the shell returned by
 | 
						|
.Xr getpwuid 3 ,
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Pa /bin/sh .
 | 
						|
This option should be configured when
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
is used as a login shell.
 | 
						|
.It Ic default-size Ar XxY
 | 
						|
Set the default size of new windows when the
 | 
						|
.Ic window-size
 | 
						|
option is set to manual or when a session is created with
 | 
						|
.Ic new-session
 | 
						|
.Fl d .
 | 
						|
The value is the width and height separated by an
 | 
						|
.Ql x
 | 
						|
character.
 | 
						|
The default is 80x24.
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic destroy-unattached
 | 
						|
.Op Ic off | on | keep-last | keep-group
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Ic on ,
 | 
						|
destroy the session after the last client has detached.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Ic off
 | 
						|
(the default), leave the session orphaned.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Ic keep-last ,
 | 
						|
destroy the session only if it is in a group and has other sessions in that
 | 
						|
group.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Ic keep-group ,
 | 
						|
destroy the session unless it is in a group and is the only session in that
 | 
						|
group.
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic detach-on-destroy
 | 
						|
.Op Ic off | on | no-detached | previous | next
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Ic on
 | 
						|
(the default), the client is detached when the session it is attached to
 | 
						|
is destroyed.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Ic off ,
 | 
						|
the client is switched to the most recently active of the remaining
 | 
						|
sessions.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Ic no-detached ,
 | 
						|
the client is detached only if there are no detached sessions; if detached
 | 
						|
sessions exist, the client is switched to the most recently active.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Ic previous
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ic next ,
 | 
						|
the client is switched to the previous or next session in alphabetical order.
 | 
						|
.It Ic display-panes-active-colour Ar colour
 | 
						|
Set the colour used by the
 | 
						|
.Ic display-panes
 | 
						|
command to show the indicator for the active pane.
 | 
						|
.It Ic display-panes-colour Ar colour
 | 
						|
Set the colour used by the
 | 
						|
.Ic display-panes
 | 
						|
command to show the indicators for inactive panes.
 | 
						|
.It Ic display-panes-time Ar time
 | 
						|
Set the time in milliseconds for which the indicators shown by the
 | 
						|
.Ic display-panes
 | 
						|
command appear.
 | 
						|
.It Ic display-time Ar time
 | 
						|
Set the amount of time for which status line messages and other on-screen
 | 
						|
indicators are displayed.
 | 
						|
If set to 0, messages and indicators are displayed until a key is pressed.
 | 
						|
.Ar time
 | 
						|
is in milliseconds.
 | 
						|
.It Ic history-limit Ar lines
 | 
						|
Set the maximum number of lines held in window history.
 | 
						|
This setting applies only to new windows - existing window histories are not
 | 
						|
resized and retain the limit at the point they were created.
 | 
						|
.It Ic initial-repeat-time Ar time
 | 
						|
Set the time in milliseconds for the initial repeat when a key is bound with the
 | 
						|
.Fl r
 | 
						|
flag.
 | 
						|
This allows multiple commands to be entered without pressing the prefix key
 | 
						|
again.
 | 
						|
See also the
 | 
						|
.Ic repeat-time
 | 
						|
option.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Ic initial-repeat-time
 | 
						|
is zero,
 | 
						|
.Ic repeat-time
 | 
						|
is used for the first key press.
 | 
						|
.It Ic key-table Ar key-table
 | 
						|
Set the default key table to
 | 
						|
.Ar key-table
 | 
						|
instead of
 | 
						|
.Em root .
 | 
						|
.It Ic lock-after-time Ar number
 | 
						|
Lock the session (like the
 | 
						|
.Ic lock-session
 | 
						|
command) after
 | 
						|
.Ar number
 | 
						|
seconds of inactivity.
 | 
						|
The default is not to lock (set to 0).
 | 
						|
.It Ic lock-command Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
Command to run when locking each client.
 | 
						|
The default is to run
 | 
						|
.Xr lock 1
 | 
						|
with
 | 
						|
.Fl np .
 | 
						|
.It Ic menu-style Ar style
 | 
						|
Set the menu style.
 | 
						|
See the
 | 
						|
.Sx STYLES
 | 
						|
section on how to specify
 | 
						|
.Ar style .
 | 
						|
.It Ic menu-selected-style Ar style
 | 
						|
Set the selected menu item style.
 | 
						|
See the
 | 
						|
.Sx STYLES
 | 
						|
section on how to specify
 | 
						|
.Ar style .
 | 
						|
.It Ic menu-border-style Ar style
 | 
						|
Set the menu border style.
 | 
						|
See the
 | 
						|
.Sx STYLES
 | 
						|
section on how to specify
 | 
						|
.Ar style .
 | 
						|
.It Ic menu-border-lines Ar type
 | 
						|
Set the type of characters used for drawing menu borders.
 | 
						|
See
 | 
						|
.Ic popup-border-lines
 | 
						|
for possible values for
 | 
						|
.Ar border-lines .
 | 
						|
.It Ic message-command-style Ar style
 | 
						|
Set status line message command style.
 | 
						|
This is used for the command prompt with
 | 
						|
.Xr vi 1
 | 
						|
keys when in command mode.
 | 
						|
For how to specify
 | 
						|
.Ar style ,
 | 
						|
see the
 | 
						|
.Sx STYLES
 | 
						|
section.
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic message-line
 | 
						|
.Op Ic 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Set line on which status line messages and the command prompt are shown.
 | 
						|
.It Ic message-style Ar style
 | 
						|
Set status line message style.
 | 
						|
This is used for messages and for the command prompt.
 | 
						|
For how to specify
 | 
						|
.Ar style ,
 | 
						|
see the
 | 
						|
.Sx STYLES
 | 
						|
section.
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic mouse
 | 
						|
.Op Ic on | off
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
If on,
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
captures the mouse and allows mouse events to be bound as key bindings.
 | 
						|
See the
 | 
						|
.Sx MOUSE SUPPORT
 | 
						|
section for details.
 | 
						|
.It Ic prefix Ar key
 | 
						|
Set the key accepted as a prefix key.
 | 
						|
In addition to the standard keys described under
 | 
						|
.Sx KEY BINDINGS ,
 | 
						|
.Ic prefix
 | 
						|
can be set to the special key
 | 
						|
.Ql None
 | 
						|
to set no prefix.
 | 
						|
.It Ic prefix2 Ar key
 | 
						|
Set a secondary key accepted as a prefix key.
 | 
						|
Like
 | 
						|
.Ic prefix ,
 | 
						|
.Ic prefix2
 | 
						|
can be set to
 | 
						|
.Ql None .
 | 
						|
.It Ic prefix-timeout Ar time
 | 
						|
Set the time in milliseconds for which
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
waits after
 | 
						|
.Ic prefix
 | 
						|
is input before dismissing it.
 | 
						|
Can be set to zero to disable any timeout.
 | 
						|
.It Ic prompt-cursor-colour Ar colour
 | 
						|
Set the colour of the cursor in the command prompt.
 | 
						|
.It Ic prompt-cursor-style Ar style
 | 
						|
Set the style of the cursor in the command prompt.
 | 
						|
See the
 | 
						|
.Ic cursor-style
 | 
						|
options for available styles.
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic renumber-windows
 | 
						|
.Op Ic on | off
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
If on, when a window is closed in a session, automatically renumber the other
 | 
						|
windows in numerical order.
 | 
						|
This respects the
 | 
						|
.Ic base-index
 | 
						|
option if it has been set.
 | 
						|
If off, do not renumber the windows.
 | 
						|
.It Ic repeat-time Ar time
 | 
						|
Allow multiple commands to be entered without pressing the prefix key again
 | 
						|
in the specified
 | 
						|
.Ar time
 | 
						|
milliseconds (the default is 500).
 | 
						|
Whether a key repeats may be set when it is bound using the
 | 
						|
.Fl r
 | 
						|
flag to
 | 
						|
.Ic bind-key .
 | 
						|
Repeat is enabled for the default keys bound to the
 | 
						|
.Ic resize-pane
 | 
						|
command.
 | 
						|
See also the
 | 
						|
.Ic initial-repeat-time
 | 
						|
option.
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic set-titles
 | 
						|
.Op Ic on | off
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Attempt to set the client terminal title using the
 | 
						|
.Em tsl
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Em fsl
 | 
						|
.Xr terminfo 5
 | 
						|
entries if they exist.
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
automatically sets these to the \ee]0;...\e007 sequence if
 | 
						|
the terminal appears to be
 | 
						|
.Xr xterm 1 .
 | 
						|
This option is off by default.
 | 
						|
.It Ic set-titles-string Ar string
 | 
						|
String used to set the client terminal title if
 | 
						|
.Ic set-titles
 | 
						|
is on.
 | 
						|
Formats are expanded, see the
 | 
						|
.Sx FORMATS
 | 
						|
section.
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic silence-action
 | 
						|
.Op Ic any | none | current | other
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Set action on window silence when
 | 
						|
.Ic monitor-silence
 | 
						|
is on.
 | 
						|
The values are the same as those for
 | 
						|
.Ic activity-action .
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic status
 | 
						|
.Op Ic off | on | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Show or hide the status line or specify its size.
 | 
						|
Using
 | 
						|
.Ic on
 | 
						|
gives a status line one row in height;
 | 
						|
.Ic 2 ,
 | 
						|
.Ic 3 ,
 | 
						|
.Ic 4
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ic 5
 | 
						|
more rows.
 | 
						|
.It Ic status-format[] Ar format
 | 
						|
Specify the format to be used for each line of the status line.
 | 
						|
The default builds the top status line from the various individual status
 | 
						|
options below.
 | 
						|
.It Ic status-interval Ar interval
 | 
						|
Update the status line every
 | 
						|
.Ar interval
 | 
						|
seconds.
 | 
						|
By default, updates will occur every 15 seconds.
 | 
						|
A setting of zero disables redrawing at interval.
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic status-justify
 | 
						|
.Op Ic left | centre | right | absolute-centre
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Set the position of the window list in the status line: left, centre or right.
 | 
						|
centre puts the window list in the relative centre of the available free space;
 | 
						|
absolute-centre uses the centre of the entire horizontal space.
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic status-keys
 | 
						|
.Op Ic vi | emacs
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Use vi or emacs-style
 | 
						|
key bindings in the status line, for example at the command prompt.
 | 
						|
The default is emacs, unless the
 | 
						|
.Ev VISUAL
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ev EDITOR
 | 
						|
environment variables are set and contain the string
 | 
						|
.Ql vi .
 | 
						|
.It Ic status-left Ar string
 | 
						|
Display
 | 
						|
.Ar string
 | 
						|
(by default the session name) to the left of the status line.
 | 
						|
.Ar string
 | 
						|
will be passed through
 | 
						|
.Xr strftime 3 .
 | 
						|
Also see the
 | 
						|
.Sx FORMATS
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Sx STYLES
 | 
						|
sections.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
For details on how the names and titles can be set see the
 | 
						|
.Sx "NAMES AND TITLES"
 | 
						|
section.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Examples are:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
#(sysctl vm.loadavg)
 | 
						|
#[fg=yellow,bold]#(apm -l)%%#[default] [#S]
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The default is
 | 
						|
.Ql "[#S] " .
 | 
						|
.It Ic status-left-length Ar length
 | 
						|
Set the maximum
 | 
						|
.Ar length
 | 
						|
of the left component of the status line.
 | 
						|
The default is 10.
 | 
						|
.It Ic status-left-style Ar style
 | 
						|
Set the style of the left part of the status line.
 | 
						|
For how to specify
 | 
						|
.Ar style ,
 | 
						|
see the
 | 
						|
.Sx STYLES
 | 
						|
section.
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic status-position
 | 
						|
.Op Ic top | bottom
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Set the position of the status line.
 | 
						|
.It Ic status-right Ar string
 | 
						|
Display
 | 
						|
.Ar string
 | 
						|
to the right of the status line.
 | 
						|
By default, the current pane title in double quotes, the date and the time
 | 
						|
are shown.
 | 
						|
As with
 | 
						|
.Ic status-left ,
 | 
						|
.Ar string
 | 
						|
will be passed to
 | 
						|
.Xr strftime 3
 | 
						|
and character pairs are replaced.
 | 
						|
.It Ic status-right-length Ar length
 | 
						|
Set the maximum
 | 
						|
.Ar length
 | 
						|
of the right component of the status line.
 | 
						|
The default is 40.
 | 
						|
.It Ic status-right-style Ar style
 | 
						|
Set the style of the right part of the status line.
 | 
						|
For how to specify
 | 
						|
.Ar style ,
 | 
						|
see the
 | 
						|
.Sx STYLES
 | 
						|
section.
 | 
						|
.It Ic status-style Ar style
 | 
						|
Set status line style.
 | 
						|
For how to specify
 | 
						|
.Ar style ,
 | 
						|
see the
 | 
						|
.Sx STYLES
 | 
						|
section.
 | 
						|
.It Ic update-environment[] Ar variable
 | 
						|
Set list of environment variables to be copied into the session environment
 | 
						|
when a new session is created or an existing session is attached.
 | 
						|
Any variables that do not exist in the source environment are set to be
 | 
						|
removed from the session environment (as if
 | 
						|
.Fl r
 | 
						|
was given to the
 | 
						|
.Ic set-environment
 | 
						|
command).
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic visual-activity
 | 
						|
.Op Ic on | off | both
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
If on, display a message instead of sending a bell when activity occurs in a
 | 
						|
window for which the
 | 
						|
.Ic monitor-activity
 | 
						|
window option is enabled.
 | 
						|
If set to both, a bell and a message are produced.
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic visual-bell
 | 
						|
.Op Ic on | off | both
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
If on, a message is shown on a bell in a window for which the
 | 
						|
.Ic monitor-bell
 | 
						|
window option is enabled instead of it being passed through to the
 | 
						|
terminal (which normally makes a sound).
 | 
						|
If set to both, a bell and a message are produced.
 | 
						|
Also see the
 | 
						|
.Ic bell-action
 | 
						|
option.
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic visual-silence
 | 
						|
.Op Ic on | off | both
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Ic monitor-silence
 | 
						|
is enabled, prints a message after the interval has expired on a given window
 | 
						|
instead of sending a bell.
 | 
						|
If set to both, a bell and a message are produced.
 | 
						|
.It Ic word-separators Ar string
 | 
						|
Sets the session's conception of what characters are considered word
 | 
						|
separators, for the purposes of the next and previous word commands in
 | 
						|
copy mode.
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Available window options are:
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Bl -tag -width Ds -compact
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic aggressive-resize
 | 
						|
.Op Ic on | off
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Aggressively resize the chosen window.
 | 
						|
This means that
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
will resize the window to the size of the smallest or largest session
 | 
						|
(see the
 | 
						|
.Ic window-size
 | 
						|
option) for which it is the current window, rather than the session to
 | 
						|
which it is attached.
 | 
						|
The window may resize when the current window is changed on another
 | 
						|
session; this option is good for full-screen programs which support
 | 
						|
.Dv SIGWINCH
 | 
						|
and poor for interactive programs such as shells.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic automatic-rename
 | 
						|
.Op Ic on | off
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Control automatic window renaming.
 | 
						|
When this setting is enabled,
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
will rename the window automatically using the format specified by
 | 
						|
.Ic automatic-rename-format .
 | 
						|
This flag is automatically disabled for an individual window when a name
 | 
						|
is specified at creation with
 | 
						|
.Ic new-window
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ic new-session ,
 | 
						|
or later with
 | 
						|
.Ic rename-window ,
 | 
						|
or with a terminal escape sequence.
 | 
						|
It may be switched off globally with:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
set-option -wg automatic-rename off
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic automatic-rename-format Ar format
 | 
						|
The format (see
 | 
						|
.Sx FORMATS )
 | 
						|
used when the
 | 
						|
.Ic automatic-rename
 | 
						|
option is enabled.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic clock-mode-colour Ar colour
 | 
						|
Set clock colour.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic clock-mode-style
 | 
						|
.Op Ic 12 | 24
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Set clock hour format.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic fill-character Ar character
 | 
						|
Set the character used to fill areas of the terminal unused by a window.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic main-pane-height Ar height
 | 
						|
.It Ic main-pane-width Ar width
 | 
						|
Set the width or height of the main (left or top) pane in the
 | 
						|
.Ic main-horizontal ,
 | 
						|
.Ic main-horizontal-mirrored ,
 | 
						|
.Ic main-vertical ,
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ic main-vertical-mirrored
 | 
						|
layouts.
 | 
						|
If suffixed by
 | 
						|
.Ql % ,
 | 
						|
this is a percentage of the window size.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic copy-mode-match-style Ar style
 | 
						|
Set the style of search matches in copy mode.
 | 
						|
For how to specify
 | 
						|
.Ar style ,
 | 
						|
see the
 | 
						|
.Sx STYLES
 | 
						|
section.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic copy-mode-mark-style Ar style
 | 
						|
Set the style of the line containing the mark in copy mode.
 | 
						|
For how to specify
 | 
						|
.Ar style ,
 | 
						|
see the
 | 
						|
.Sx STYLES
 | 
						|
section.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic copy-mode-current-match-style Ar style
 | 
						|
Set the style of the current search match in copy mode.
 | 
						|
For how to specify
 | 
						|
.Ar style ,
 | 
						|
see the
 | 
						|
.Sx STYLES
 | 
						|
section.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic copy-mode-position-format Ar format
 | 
						|
Format of the position indicator in copy mode.
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic mode-keys
 | 
						|
.Op Ic vi | emacs
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Use vi or emacs-style key bindings in copy mode.
 | 
						|
The default is emacs, unless
 | 
						|
.Ev VISUAL
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ev EDITOR
 | 
						|
contains
 | 
						|
.Ql vi .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic mode-style Ar style
 | 
						|
Set window modes style.
 | 
						|
For how to specify
 | 
						|
.Ar style ,
 | 
						|
see the
 | 
						|
.Sx STYLES
 | 
						|
section.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic monitor-activity
 | 
						|
.Op Ic on | off
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Monitor for activity in the window.
 | 
						|
Windows with activity are highlighted in the status line.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic monitor-bell
 | 
						|
.Op Ic on | off
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Monitor for a bell in the window.
 | 
						|
Windows with a bell are highlighted in the status line.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic monitor-silence
 | 
						|
.Op Ic interval
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Monitor for silence (no activity) in the window within
 | 
						|
.Ic interval
 | 
						|
seconds.
 | 
						|
Windows that have been silent for the interval are highlighted in the
 | 
						|
status line.
 | 
						|
An interval of zero disables the monitoring.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic other-pane-height Ar height
 | 
						|
Set the height of the other panes (not the main pane) in the
 | 
						|
.Ic main-horizontal
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ic main-horizontal-mirrored
 | 
						|
layouts.
 | 
						|
If this option is set to 0 (the default), it will have no effect.
 | 
						|
If both the
 | 
						|
.Ic main-pane-height
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ic other-pane-height
 | 
						|
options are set, the main pane will grow taller to make the other panes the
 | 
						|
specified height, but will never shrink to do so.
 | 
						|
If suffixed by
 | 
						|
.Ql % ,
 | 
						|
this is a percentage of the window size.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic other-pane-width Ar width
 | 
						|
Like
 | 
						|
.Ic other-pane-height ,
 | 
						|
but set the width of other panes in the
 | 
						|
.Ic main-vertical
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ic main-vertical-mirrored
 | 
						|
layouts.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic pane-active-border-style Ar style
 | 
						|
Set the pane border style for the currently active pane.
 | 
						|
For how to specify
 | 
						|
.Ar style ,
 | 
						|
see the
 | 
						|
.Sx STYLES
 | 
						|
section.
 | 
						|
Attributes are ignored.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic pane-base-index Ar index
 | 
						|
Like
 | 
						|
.Ic base-index ,
 | 
						|
but set the starting index for pane numbers.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic pane-border-format Ar format
 | 
						|
Set the text shown in pane border status lines.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic pane-border-indicators
 | 
						|
.Op Ic off | colour | arrows | both
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Indicate active pane by colouring only half of the border in windows with
 | 
						|
exactly two panes, by displaying arrow markers, by drawing both or neither.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic pane-border-lines Ar type
 | 
						|
Set the type of characters used for drawing pane borders.
 | 
						|
.Ar type
 | 
						|
may be one of:
 | 
						|
.Bl -tag -width Ds
 | 
						|
.It single
 | 
						|
single lines using ACS or UTF-8 characters
 | 
						|
.It double
 | 
						|
double lines using UTF-8 characters
 | 
						|
.It heavy
 | 
						|
heavy lines using UTF-8 characters
 | 
						|
.It simple
 | 
						|
simple ASCII characters
 | 
						|
.It number
 | 
						|
the pane number
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Ql double
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ql heavy
 | 
						|
will fall back to standard ACS line drawing when UTF-8 is not supported.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic pane-border-status
 | 
						|
.Op Ic off | top | bottom
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Turn pane border status lines off or set their position.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic pane-border-style Ar style
 | 
						|
Set the pane border style for panes aside from the active pane.
 | 
						|
For how to specify
 | 
						|
.Ar style ,
 | 
						|
see the
 | 
						|
.Sx STYLES
 | 
						|
section.
 | 
						|
Attributes are ignored.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic popup-style Ar style
 | 
						|
Set the popup style.
 | 
						|
See the
 | 
						|
.Sx STYLES
 | 
						|
section on how to specify
 | 
						|
.Ar style .
 | 
						|
Attributes are ignored.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic popup-border-style Ar style
 | 
						|
Set the popup border style.
 | 
						|
See the
 | 
						|
.Sx STYLES
 | 
						|
section on how to specify
 | 
						|
.Ar style .
 | 
						|
Attributes are ignored.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic popup-border-lines Ar type
 | 
						|
Set the type of characters used for drawing popup borders.
 | 
						|
.Ar type
 | 
						|
may be one of:
 | 
						|
.Bl -tag -width Ds
 | 
						|
.It single
 | 
						|
single lines using ACS or UTF-8 characters (default)
 | 
						|
.It rounded
 | 
						|
variation of single with rounded corners using UTF-8 characters
 | 
						|
.It double
 | 
						|
double lines using UTF-8 characters
 | 
						|
.It heavy
 | 
						|
heavy lines using UTF-8 characters
 | 
						|
.It simple
 | 
						|
simple ASCII characters
 | 
						|
.It padded
 | 
						|
simple ASCII space character
 | 
						|
.It none
 | 
						|
no border
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Ql double
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ql heavy
 | 
						|
will fall back to standard ACS line drawing when UTF-8 is not supported.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic pane-scrollbars
 | 
						|
.Op Ic off | modal | on
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
When enabled, a character based scrollbar appears on the left or right
 | 
						|
of each pane.
 | 
						|
A filled section of the scrollbar, known as the
 | 
						|
.Ql slider ,
 | 
						|
represents the position and size of the visible part of the pane content.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
If set to
 | 
						|
.Ic on
 | 
						|
the scrollbar is visible all the time.
 | 
						|
If set to
 | 
						|
.Ic modal
 | 
						|
the scrollbar only appears when the pane is in copy mode or view mode.
 | 
						|
When the scrollbar is visible, the pane is narrowed by the width of the
 | 
						|
scrollbar and the text in the pane is reflowed.
 | 
						|
If set to
 | 
						|
.Ic modal ,
 | 
						|
the pane is narrowed only when the scrollbar is visible.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
See also
 | 
						|
.Ic pane-scrollbars-style .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic pane-scrollbars-style Ar style
 | 
						|
Set the scrollbars style.
 | 
						|
For how to specify
 | 
						|
.Ar style ,
 | 
						|
see the
 | 
						|
.Sx STYLES
 | 
						|
section.
 | 
						|
The foreground colour is used for the slider, the background for the rest of the
 | 
						|
scrollbar.
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Ar width
 | 
						|
attribute sets the width of the scrollbar and the
 | 
						|
.Ar pad
 | 
						|
attribute the padding between the scrollbar and the pane.
 | 
						|
Other attributes are ignored.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic pane-scrollbars-position
 | 
						|
.Op Ic left | right
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Sets which side of the pane to display pane scrollbars on.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic window-status-activity-style Ar style
 | 
						|
Set status line style for windows with an activity alert.
 | 
						|
For how to specify
 | 
						|
.Ar style ,
 | 
						|
see the
 | 
						|
.Sx STYLES
 | 
						|
section.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic window-status-bell-style Ar style
 | 
						|
Set status line style for windows with a bell alert.
 | 
						|
For how to specify
 | 
						|
.Ar style ,
 | 
						|
see the
 | 
						|
.Sx STYLES
 | 
						|
section.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic window-status-current-format Ar string
 | 
						|
Like
 | 
						|
.Ar window-status-format ,
 | 
						|
but is the format used when the window is the current window.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic window-status-current-style Ar style
 | 
						|
Set status line style for the currently active window.
 | 
						|
For how to specify
 | 
						|
.Ar style ,
 | 
						|
see the
 | 
						|
.Sx STYLES
 | 
						|
section.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic window-status-format Ar string
 | 
						|
Set the format in which the window is displayed in the status line window list.
 | 
						|
See the
 | 
						|
.Sx FORMATS
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Sx STYLES
 | 
						|
sections.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic window-status-last-style Ar style
 | 
						|
Set status line style for the last active window.
 | 
						|
For how to specify
 | 
						|
.Ar style ,
 | 
						|
see the
 | 
						|
.Sx STYLES
 | 
						|
section.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic window-status-separator Ar string
 | 
						|
Sets the separator drawn between windows in the status line.
 | 
						|
The default is a single space character.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic window-status-style Ar style
 | 
						|
Set status line style for a single window.
 | 
						|
For how to specify
 | 
						|
.Ar style ,
 | 
						|
see the
 | 
						|
.Sx STYLES
 | 
						|
section.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic window-size
 | 
						|
.Ar largest | Ar smallest | Ar manual | Ar latest
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Configure how
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
determines the window size.
 | 
						|
If set to
 | 
						|
.Ar largest ,
 | 
						|
the size of the largest attached session is used; if
 | 
						|
.Ar smallest ,
 | 
						|
the size of the smallest.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Ar manual ,
 | 
						|
the size of a new window is set from the
 | 
						|
.Ic default-size
 | 
						|
option and windows are resized automatically.
 | 
						|
With
 | 
						|
.Ar latest ,
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
uses the size of the client that had the most recent activity.
 | 
						|
See also the
 | 
						|
.Ic resize-window
 | 
						|
command and the
 | 
						|
.Ic aggressive-resize
 | 
						|
option.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic wrap-search
 | 
						|
.Op Ic on | off
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
If this option is set, searches will wrap around the end of the pane contents.
 | 
						|
The default is on.
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Available pane options are:
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Bl -tag -width Ds -compact
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic allow-passthrough
 | 
						|
.Op Ic on | off | all
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Allow programs in the pane to bypass
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
using a terminal escape sequence (\eePtmux;...\ee\e\e).
 | 
						|
If set to
 | 
						|
.Ic on ,
 | 
						|
passthrough sequences will be allowed only if the pane is visible.
 | 
						|
If set to
 | 
						|
.Ic all ,
 | 
						|
they will be allowed even if the pane is invisible.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic allow-rename
 | 
						|
.Op Ic on | off
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Allow programs in the pane to change the window name using a terminal escape
 | 
						|
sequence (\eek...\ee\e\e).
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic allow-set-title
 | 
						|
.Op Ic on | off
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Allow programs in the pane to change the title using the terminal escape
 | 
						|
sequences (\ee]2;...\ee\e\e or \ee]0;...\ee\e\e).
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic alternate-screen
 | 
						|
.Op Ic on | off
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
This option configures whether programs running inside the pane may use the
 | 
						|
terminal alternate screen feature, which allows the
 | 
						|
.Em smcup
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Em rmcup
 | 
						|
.Xr terminfo 5
 | 
						|
capabilities.
 | 
						|
The alternate screen feature preserves the contents of the window when an
 | 
						|
interactive application starts and restores it on exit, so that any output
 | 
						|
visible before the application starts reappears unchanged after it exits.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic cursor-colour Ar colour
 | 
						|
Set the colour of the cursor.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic cursor-style Ar style
 | 
						|
Set the style of the cursor.
 | 
						|
Available styles are:
 | 
						|
.Ic default ,
 | 
						|
.Ic blinking-block ,
 | 
						|
.Ic block ,
 | 
						|
.Ic blinking-underline ,
 | 
						|
.Ic underline ,
 | 
						|
.Ic blinking-bar ,
 | 
						|
.Ic bar .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic pane-colours[] Ar colour
 | 
						|
The default colour palette.
 | 
						|
Each entry in the array defines the colour
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
uses when the colour with that index is requested.
 | 
						|
The index may be from zero to 255.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic remain-on-exit
 | 
						|
.Op Ic on | off | failed
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
A pane with this flag set is not destroyed when the program running in it
 | 
						|
exits.
 | 
						|
If set to
 | 
						|
.Ic failed ,
 | 
						|
then only when the program exit status is not zero.
 | 
						|
The pane may be reactivated with the
 | 
						|
.Ic respawn-pane
 | 
						|
command.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic remain-on-exit-format Ar string
 | 
						|
Set the text shown at the bottom of exited panes when
 | 
						|
.Ic remain-on-exit
 | 
						|
is enabled.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic scroll-on-clear
 | 
						|
.Op Ic on | off
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
When the entire screen is cleared and this option is on, scroll the contents of
 | 
						|
the screen into history before clearing it.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic synchronize-panes
 | 
						|
.Op Ic on | off
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Duplicate input to all other panes in the same window where this option is also
 | 
						|
on (only for panes that are not in any mode).
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic window-active-style Ar style
 | 
						|
Set the pane style when it is the active pane.
 | 
						|
For how to specify
 | 
						|
.Ar style ,
 | 
						|
see the
 | 
						|
.Sx STYLES
 | 
						|
section.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.It Ic window-style Ar style
 | 
						|
Set the pane style.
 | 
						|
For how to specify
 | 
						|
.Ar style ,
 | 
						|
see the
 | 
						|
.Sx STYLES
 | 
						|
section.
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Sh HOOKS
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
allows commands to run on various triggers, called
 | 
						|
.Em hooks .
 | 
						|
Most
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
commands have an
 | 
						|
.Em after
 | 
						|
hook and there are a number of hooks not associated with commands.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Hooks are stored as array options, members of the array are executed in
 | 
						|
order when the hook is triggered.
 | 
						|
Like options different hooks may be global or belong to a session, window or
 | 
						|
pane.
 | 
						|
Hooks may be configured with the
 | 
						|
.Ic set-hook
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ic set-option
 | 
						|
commands and displayed with
 | 
						|
.Ic show-hooks
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ic show-options
 | 
						|
.Fl H .
 | 
						|
The following two commands are equivalent:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent.
 | 
						|
set-hook -g pane-mode-changed[42] \[aq]set -g status-left-style bg=red\[aq]
 | 
						|
set-option -g pane-mode-changed[42] \[aq]set -g status-left-style bg=red\[aq]
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Setting a hook without specifying an array index clears the hook and sets the
 | 
						|
first member of the array.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
A command's after
 | 
						|
hook is run after it completes, except when the command is run as part of a hook
 | 
						|
itself.
 | 
						|
They are named with an
 | 
						|
.Ql after-
 | 
						|
prefix.
 | 
						|
For example, the following command adds a hook to select the even-vertical
 | 
						|
layout after every
 | 
						|
.Ic split-window :
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
set-hook -g after-split-window "selectl even-vertical"
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
If a command fails, the
 | 
						|
.Ql command-error
 | 
						|
hook will be fired.
 | 
						|
For example, this could be used to write to a log file:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
set-hook -g command-error "run-shell \\"echo 'a tmux command failed' >>/tmp/log\\""
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
All the notifications listed in the
 | 
						|
.Sx CONTROL MODE
 | 
						|
section are hooks (without any arguments), except
 | 
						|
.Ic %exit .
 | 
						|
The following additional hooks are available:
 | 
						|
.Bl -tag -width "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX"
 | 
						|
.It alert-activity
 | 
						|
Run when a window has activity.
 | 
						|
See
 | 
						|
.Ic monitor-activity .
 | 
						|
.It alert-bell
 | 
						|
Run when a window has received a bell.
 | 
						|
See
 | 
						|
.Ic monitor-bell .
 | 
						|
.It alert-silence
 | 
						|
Run when a window has been silent.
 | 
						|
See
 | 
						|
.Ic monitor-silence .
 | 
						|
.It client-active
 | 
						|
Run when a client becomes the latest active client of its session.
 | 
						|
.It client-attached
 | 
						|
Run when a client is attached.
 | 
						|
.It client-detached
 | 
						|
Run when a client is detached
 | 
						|
.It client-focus-in
 | 
						|
Run when focus enters a client
 | 
						|
.It client-focus-out
 | 
						|
Run when focus exits a client
 | 
						|
.It client-resized
 | 
						|
Run when a client is resized.
 | 
						|
.It client-session-changed
 | 
						|
Run when a client's attached session is changed.
 | 
						|
.It command-error
 | 
						|
Run when a command fails.
 | 
						|
.It pane-died
 | 
						|
Run when the program running in a pane exits, but
 | 
						|
.Ic remain-on-exit
 | 
						|
is on so the pane has not closed.
 | 
						|
.It pane-exited
 | 
						|
Run when the program running in a pane exits.
 | 
						|
.It pane-focus-in
 | 
						|
Run when the focus enters a pane, if the
 | 
						|
.Ic focus-events
 | 
						|
option is on.
 | 
						|
.It pane-focus-out
 | 
						|
Run when the focus exits a pane, if the
 | 
						|
.Ic focus-events
 | 
						|
option is on.
 | 
						|
.It pane-set-clipboard
 | 
						|
Run when the terminal clipboard is set using the
 | 
						|
.Xr xterm 1
 | 
						|
escape sequence.
 | 
						|
.It session-created
 | 
						|
Run when a new session created.
 | 
						|
.It session-closed
 | 
						|
Run when a session closed.
 | 
						|
.It session-renamed
 | 
						|
Run when a session is renamed.
 | 
						|
.It window-layout-changed
 | 
						|
Run when a window layout is changed.
 | 
						|
.It window-linked
 | 
						|
Run when a window is linked into a session.
 | 
						|
.It window-renamed
 | 
						|
Run when a window is renamed.
 | 
						|
.It window-resized
 | 
						|
Run when a window is resized.
 | 
						|
This may be after the
 | 
						|
.Ar client-resized
 | 
						|
hook is run.
 | 
						|
.It window-unlinked
 | 
						|
Run when a window is unlinked from a session.
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Hooks are managed with these commands:
 | 
						|
.Bl -tag -width Ds
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic set-hook
 | 
						|
.Op Fl agpRuw
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
.Ar hook-name
 | 
						|
.Ar command
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Without
 | 
						|
.Fl R ,
 | 
						|
sets (or with
 | 
						|
.Fl u
 | 
						|
unsets) hook
 | 
						|
.Ar hook-name
 | 
						|
to
 | 
						|
.Ar command .
 | 
						|
The flags are the same as for
 | 
						|
.Ic set-option .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
With
 | 
						|
.Fl R ,
 | 
						|
run
 | 
						|
.Ar hook-name
 | 
						|
immediately.
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic show-hooks
 | 
						|
.Op Fl gpw
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Shows hooks.
 | 
						|
The flags are the same as for
 | 
						|
.Ic show-options .
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Sh MOUSE SUPPORT
 | 
						|
If the
 | 
						|
.Ic mouse
 | 
						|
option is on (the default is off),
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
allows mouse events to be bound as keys.
 | 
						|
The name of each key is made up of a mouse event (such as
 | 
						|
.Ql MouseUp1 )
 | 
						|
and a location suffix, one of the following:
 | 
						|
.Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXXXXX" -offset indent
 | 
						|
.It Li "Pane" Ta "the contents of a pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Border" Ta "a pane border"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Status" Ta "the status line window list"
 | 
						|
.It Li "StatusLeft" Ta "the left part of the status line"
 | 
						|
.It Li "StatusRight" Ta "the right part of the status line"
 | 
						|
.It Li "StatusDefault" Ta "any other part of the status line"
 | 
						|
.It Li "ScrollbarSlider" Ta "the scrollbar slider"
 | 
						|
.It Li "ScrollbarUp" Ta "above the scrollbar slider"
 | 
						|
.It Li "ScrollbarDown" Ta "below the scrollbar slider"
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The following mouse events are available:
 | 
						|
.Bl -column "MouseDown1" "MouseDrag1" "WheelDown" -offset indent
 | 
						|
.It Li "WheelUp" Ta "WheelDown" Ta ""
 | 
						|
.It Li "MouseDown1" Ta "MouseUp1" Ta "MouseDrag1" Ta "MouseDragEnd1"
 | 
						|
.It Li "MouseDown2" Ta "MouseUp2" Ta "MouseDrag2" Ta "MouseDragEnd2"
 | 
						|
.It Li "MouseDown3" Ta "MouseUp3" Ta "MouseDrag3" Ta "MouseDragEnd3"
 | 
						|
.It Li "SecondClick1" Ta "SecondClick2" Ta "SecondClick3"
 | 
						|
.It Li "DoubleClick1" Ta "DoubleClick2" Ta "DoubleClick3"
 | 
						|
.It Li "TripleClick1" Ta "TripleClick2" Ta "TripleClick3"
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Ql SecondClick
 | 
						|
events are fired for the second click of a double click, even if there may be a
 | 
						|
third click which will fire
 | 
						|
.Ql TripleClick
 | 
						|
instead of
 | 
						|
.Ql DoubleClick .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Each should be suffixed with a location, for example
 | 
						|
.Ql MouseDown1Status .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The special token
 | 
						|
.Ql {mouse}
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ql =
 | 
						|
may be used as
 | 
						|
.Ar target-window
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
in commands bound to mouse key bindings.
 | 
						|
It resolves to the window or pane over which the mouse event took place
 | 
						|
(for example, the window in the status line over which button 1 was released
 | 
						|
for a
 | 
						|
.Ql MouseUp1Status
 | 
						|
binding, or the pane over which the wheel was scrolled for a
 | 
						|
.Ql WheelDownPane
 | 
						|
binding).
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Ic send-keys
 | 
						|
.Fl M
 | 
						|
flag may be used to forward a mouse event to a pane.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The default key bindings allow the mouse to be used to select and resize panes,
 | 
						|
to copy text and to change window using the status line.
 | 
						|
These take effect if the
 | 
						|
.Ic mouse
 | 
						|
option is turned on.
 | 
						|
.Sh FORMATS
 | 
						|
Certain commands accept the
 | 
						|
.Fl F
 | 
						|
flag with a
 | 
						|
.Ar format
 | 
						|
argument.
 | 
						|
This is a string which controls the output format of the command.
 | 
						|
Format variables are enclosed in
 | 
						|
.Ql #{
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ql } ,
 | 
						|
for example
 | 
						|
.Ql #{session_name} .
 | 
						|
The possible variables are listed in the table below, or the name of a
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
option may be used for an option's value.
 | 
						|
Some variables have a shorter alias such as
 | 
						|
.Ql #S ;
 | 
						|
.Ql ##
 | 
						|
is replaced by a single
 | 
						|
.Ql # ,
 | 
						|
.Ql #,
 | 
						|
by a
 | 
						|
.Ql \&,
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ql #}
 | 
						|
by a
 | 
						|
.Ql } .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Conditionals are available by prefixing with
 | 
						|
.Ql \&?
 | 
						|
and separating two alternatives with a comma;
 | 
						|
if the specified variable exists and is not zero, the first alternative
 | 
						|
is chosen, otherwise the second is used.
 | 
						|
For example
 | 
						|
.Ql #{?session_attached,attached,not attached}
 | 
						|
will include the string
 | 
						|
.Ql attached
 | 
						|
if the session is attached and the string
 | 
						|
.Ql not attached
 | 
						|
if it is unattached, or
 | 
						|
.Ql #{?automatic-rename,yes,no}
 | 
						|
will include
 | 
						|
.Ql yes
 | 
						|
if
 | 
						|
.Ic automatic-rename
 | 
						|
is enabled, or
 | 
						|
.Ql no
 | 
						|
if not.
 | 
						|
Conditionals can be nested arbitrarily.
 | 
						|
Inside a conditional,
 | 
						|
.Ql \&,
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ql }
 | 
						|
must be escaped as
 | 
						|
.Ql #,
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ql #} ,
 | 
						|
unless they are part of a
 | 
						|
.Ql #{...}
 | 
						|
replacement.
 | 
						|
For example:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
#{?pane_in_mode,#[fg=white#,bg=red],#[fg=red#,bg=white]}#W .
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
String comparisons may be expressed by prefixing two comma-separated
 | 
						|
alternatives by
 | 
						|
.Ql == ,
 | 
						|
.Ql != ,
 | 
						|
.Ql < ,
 | 
						|
.Ql > ,
 | 
						|
.Ql <=
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ql >=
 | 
						|
and a colon.
 | 
						|
For example
 | 
						|
.Ql #{==:#{host},myhost}
 | 
						|
will be replaced by
 | 
						|
.Ql 1
 | 
						|
if running on
 | 
						|
.Ql myhost ,
 | 
						|
otherwise by
 | 
						|
.Ql 0 .
 | 
						|
.Ql ||
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ql &&
 | 
						|
evaluate to true if either or both of two comma-separated alternatives are
 | 
						|
true, for example
 | 
						|
.Ql #{||:#{pane_in_mode},#{alternate_on}} .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
An
 | 
						|
.Ql m
 | 
						|
specifies an
 | 
						|
.Xr fnmatch 3
 | 
						|
or regular expression comparison.
 | 
						|
The first argument is the pattern and the second the string to compare.
 | 
						|
An optional argument specifies flags:
 | 
						|
.Ql r
 | 
						|
means the pattern is a regular expression instead of the default
 | 
						|
.Xr fnmatch 3
 | 
						|
pattern, and
 | 
						|
.Ql i
 | 
						|
means to ignore case.
 | 
						|
For example:
 | 
						|
.Ql #{m:*foo*,#{host}}
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ql #{m/ri:^A,MYVAR} .
 | 
						|
A
 | 
						|
.Ql C
 | 
						|
performs a search for an
 | 
						|
.Xr fnmatch 3
 | 
						|
pattern or regular expression in the pane content and evaluates to zero if not
 | 
						|
found, or a line number if found.
 | 
						|
Like
 | 
						|
.Ql m ,
 | 
						|
an
 | 
						|
.Ql r
 | 
						|
flag means search for a regular expression and
 | 
						|
.Ql i
 | 
						|
ignores case.
 | 
						|
For example:
 | 
						|
.Ql #{C/r:^Start}
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Numeric operators may be performed by prefixing two comma-separated alternatives
 | 
						|
with an
 | 
						|
.Ql e
 | 
						|
and an operator.
 | 
						|
An optional
 | 
						|
.Ql f
 | 
						|
flag may be given after the operator to use floating point numbers, otherwise
 | 
						|
integers are used.
 | 
						|
This may be followed by a number giving the number of decimal places to use for
 | 
						|
the result.
 | 
						|
The available operators are:
 | 
						|
addition
 | 
						|
.Ql + ,
 | 
						|
subtraction
 | 
						|
.Ql - ,
 | 
						|
multiplication
 | 
						|
.Ql * ,
 | 
						|
division
 | 
						|
.Ql / ,
 | 
						|
modulus
 | 
						|
.Ql m
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ql %
 | 
						|
(note that
 | 
						|
.Ql %
 | 
						|
must be escaped as
 | 
						|
.Ql %%
 | 
						|
in formats which are also expanded by
 | 
						|
.Xr strftime 3 )
 | 
						|
and numeric comparison operators
 | 
						|
.Ql == ,
 | 
						|
.Ql != ,
 | 
						|
.Ql < ,
 | 
						|
.Ql <= ,
 | 
						|
.Ql >
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ql >= .
 | 
						|
For example,
 | 
						|
.Ql #{e|*|f|4:5.5,3}
 | 
						|
multiplies 5.5 by 3 for a result with four decimal places and
 | 
						|
.Ql #{e|%%:7,3}
 | 
						|
returns the modulus of 7 and 3.
 | 
						|
.Ql a
 | 
						|
replaces a numeric argument by its ASCII equivalent, so
 | 
						|
.Ql #{a:98}
 | 
						|
results in
 | 
						|
.Ql b .
 | 
						|
.Ql c
 | 
						|
replaces a
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
colour by its six-digit hexadecimal RGB value.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
A limit may be placed on the length of the resultant string by prefixing it
 | 
						|
by an
 | 
						|
.Ql = ,
 | 
						|
a number and a colon.
 | 
						|
Positive numbers count from the start of the string and negative from the end,
 | 
						|
so
 | 
						|
.Ql #{=5:pane_title}
 | 
						|
will include at most the first five characters of the pane title, or
 | 
						|
.Ql #{=-5:pane_title}
 | 
						|
the last five characters.
 | 
						|
A suffix or prefix may be given as a second argument - if provided then it is
 | 
						|
appended or prepended to the string if the length has been trimmed, for example
 | 
						|
.Ql #{=/5/...:pane_title}
 | 
						|
will append
 | 
						|
.Ql ...
 | 
						|
if the pane title is more than five characters.
 | 
						|
Similarly,
 | 
						|
.Ql p
 | 
						|
pads the string to a given width, for example
 | 
						|
.Ql #{p10:pane_title}
 | 
						|
will result in a width of at least 10 characters.
 | 
						|
A positive width pads on the left, a negative on the right.
 | 
						|
.Ql n
 | 
						|
expands to the length of the variable and
 | 
						|
.Ql w
 | 
						|
to its width when displayed, for example
 | 
						|
.Ql #{n:window_name} .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Prefixing a time variable with
 | 
						|
.Ql t:\&
 | 
						|
will convert it to a string, so if
 | 
						|
.Ql #{window_activity}
 | 
						|
gives
 | 
						|
.Ql 1445765102 ,
 | 
						|
.Ql #{t:window_activity}
 | 
						|
gives
 | 
						|
.Ql Sun Oct 25 09:25:02 2015 .
 | 
						|
Adding
 | 
						|
.Ql p (
 | 
						|
.Ql `t/p` )
 | 
						|
will use shorter but less accurate time format for times in the past.
 | 
						|
A custom format may be given using an
 | 
						|
.Ql f
 | 
						|
suffix (note that
 | 
						|
.Ql %
 | 
						|
must be escaped as
 | 
						|
.Ql %%
 | 
						|
if the format is separately being passed through
 | 
						|
.Xr strftime 3 ,
 | 
						|
for example in the
 | 
						|
.Ic status-left
 | 
						|
option):
 | 
						|
.Ql #{t/f/%%H#:%%M:window_activity} ,
 | 
						|
see
 | 
						|
.Xr strftime 3 .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Ql b:\&
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ql d:\&
 | 
						|
prefixes are
 | 
						|
.Xr basename 3
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Xr dirname 3
 | 
						|
of the variable respectively.
 | 
						|
.Ql q:\&
 | 
						|
will escape
 | 
						|
.Xr sh 1
 | 
						|
special characters or with a
 | 
						|
.Ql h
 | 
						|
suffix, escape hash characters (so
 | 
						|
.Ql #
 | 
						|
becomes
 | 
						|
.Ql ## ) .
 | 
						|
.Ql E:\&
 | 
						|
will expand the format twice, for example
 | 
						|
.Ql #{E:status-left}
 | 
						|
is the result of expanding the content of the
 | 
						|
.Ic status-left
 | 
						|
option rather than the option itself.
 | 
						|
.Ql T:\&
 | 
						|
is like
 | 
						|
.Ql E:\&
 | 
						|
but also expands
 | 
						|
.Xr strftime 3
 | 
						|
specifiers.
 | 
						|
.Ql S:\& ,
 | 
						|
.Ql W:\& ,
 | 
						|
.Ql P:\&
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ql L:\&
 | 
						|
will loop over each session, window, pane or client and insert the format once
 | 
						|
for each.
 | 
						|
For windows and panes, two comma-separated formats may be given:
 | 
						|
the second is used for the current window or active pane.
 | 
						|
For example, to get a list of windows formatted like the status line:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
#{W:#{E:window-status-format} ,#{E:window-status-current-format} }
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Ql N:\&
 | 
						|
checks if a window (without any suffix or with the
 | 
						|
.Ql w
 | 
						|
suffix) or a session (with the
 | 
						|
.Ql s
 | 
						|
suffix) name exists, for example
 | 
						|
.Ql `N/w:foo`
 | 
						|
is replaced with 1 if a window named
 | 
						|
.Ql foo
 | 
						|
exists.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
A prefix of the form
 | 
						|
.Ql s/foo/bar/:\&
 | 
						|
will substitute
 | 
						|
.Ql foo
 | 
						|
with
 | 
						|
.Ql bar
 | 
						|
throughout.
 | 
						|
The first argument may be an extended regular expression and a final argument
 | 
						|
may be
 | 
						|
.Ql i
 | 
						|
to ignore case, for example
 | 
						|
.Ql s/a(.)/\e1x/i:\&
 | 
						|
would change
 | 
						|
.Ql abABab
 | 
						|
into
 | 
						|
.Ql bxBxbx .
 | 
						|
A different delimiter character may also be used, to avoid collisions with
 | 
						|
literal slashes in the pattern.
 | 
						|
For example,
 | 
						|
.Ql s|foo/|bar/|:\&
 | 
						|
will substitute
 | 
						|
.Ql foo/
 | 
						|
with
 | 
						|
.Ql bar/
 | 
						|
throughout.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
In addition, the last line of a shell command's output may be inserted using
 | 
						|
.Ql #() .
 | 
						|
For example,
 | 
						|
.Ql #(uptime)
 | 
						|
will insert the system's uptime.
 | 
						|
When constructing formats,
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
does not wait for
 | 
						|
.Ql #()
 | 
						|
commands to finish; instead, the previous result from running the same command
 | 
						|
is used, or a placeholder if the command has not been run before.
 | 
						|
If the command hasn't exited, the most recent line of output will be used, but
 | 
						|
the status line will not be updated more than once a second.
 | 
						|
Commands are executed using
 | 
						|
.Pa /bin/sh
 | 
						|
and with the
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
global environment set (see the
 | 
						|
.Sx GLOBAL AND SESSION ENVIRONMENT
 | 
						|
section).
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
An
 | 
						|
.Ql l
 | 
						|
specifies that a string should be interpreted literally and not expanded.
 | 
						|
For example
 | 
						|
.Ql #{l:#{?pane_in_mode,yes,no}}
 | 
						|
will be replaced by
 | 
						|
.Ql #{?pane_in_mode,yes,no} .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The following variables are available, where appropriate:
 | 
						|
.Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" "XXXXX"
 | 
						|
.It Sy "Variable name" Ta Sy "Alias" Ta Sy "Replaced with"
 | 
						|
.It Li "active_window_index" Ta "" Ta "Index of active window in session"
 | 
						|
.It Li "alternate_on" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is in alternate screen"
 | 
						|
.It Li "alternate_saved_x" Ta "" Ta "Saved cursor X in alternate screen"
 | 
						|
.It Li "alternate_saved_y" Ta "" Ta "Saved cursor Y in alternate screen"
 | 
						|
.It Li "buffer_created" Ta "" Ta "Time buffer created"
 | 
						|
.It Li "buffer_name" Ta "" Ta "Name of buffer"
 | 
						|
.It Li "buffer_sample" Ta "" Ta "Sample of start of buffer"
 | 
						|
.It Li "buffer_size" Ta "" Ta "Size of the specified buffer in bytes"
 | 
						|
.It Li "client_activity" Ta "" Ta "Time client last had activity"
 | 
						|
.It Li "client_cell_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of each client cell in pixels"
 | 
						|
.It Li "client_cell_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of each client cell in pixels"
 | 
						|
.It Li "client_control_mode" Ta "" Ta "1 if client is in control mode"
 | 
						|
.It Li "client_created" Ta "" Ta "Time client created"
 | 
						|
.It Li "client_discarded" Ta "" Ta "Bytes discarded when client behind"
 | 
						|
.It Li "client_flags" Ta "" Ta "List of client flags"
 | 
						|
.It Li "client_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of client"
 | 
						|
.It Li "client_key_table" Ta "" Ta "Current key table"
 | 
						|
.It Li "client_last_session" Ta "" Ta "Name of the client's last session"
 | 
						|
.It Li "client_name" Ta "" Ta "Name of client"
 | 
						|
.It Li "client_pid" Ta "" Ta "PID of client process"
 | 
						|
.It Li "client_prefix" Ta "" Ta "1 if prefix key has been pressed"
 | 
						|
.It Li "client_readonly" Ta "" Ta "1 if client is read-only"
 | 
						|
.It Li "client_session" Ta "" Ta "Name of the client's session"
 | 
						|
.It Li "client_termfeatures" Ta "" Ta "Terminal features of client, if any"
 | 
						|
.It Li "client_termname" Ta "" Ta "Terminal name of client"
 | 
						|
.It Li "client_termtype" Ta "" Ta "Terminal type of client, if available"
 | 
						|
.It Li "client_tty" Ta "" Ta "Pseudo terminal of client"
 | 
						|
.It Li "client_uid" Ta "" Ta "UID of client process"
 | 
						|
.It Li "client_user" Ta "" Ta "User of client process"
 | 
						|
.It Li "client_utf8" Ta "" Ta "1 if client supports UTF-8"
 | 
						|
.It Li "client_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of client"
 | 
						|
.It Li "client_written" Ta "" Ta "Bytes written to client"
 | 
						|
.It Li "command" Ta "" Ta "Name of command in use, if any"
 | 
						|
.It Li "command_list_alias" Ta "" Ta "Command alias if listing commands"
 | 
						|
.It Li "command_list_name" Ta "" Ta "Command name if listing commands"
 | 
						|
.It Li "command_list_usage" Ta "" Ta "Command usage if listing commands"
 | 
						|
.It Li "config_files" Ta "" Ta "List of configuration files loaded"
 | 
						|
.It Li "copy_cursor_hyperlink" Ta "" Ta "Hyperlink under cursor in copy mode"
 | 
						|
.It Li "copy_cursor_line" Ta "" Ta "Line the cursor is on in copy mode"
 | 
						|
.It Li "copy_cursor_word" Ta "" Ta "Word under cursor in copy mode"
 | 
						|
.It Li "copy_cursor_x" Ta "" Ta "Cursor X position in copy mode"
 | 
						|
.It Li "copy_cursor_y" Ta "" Ta "Cursor Y position in copy mode"
 | 
						|
.It Li "current_file" Ta "" Ta "Current configuration file"
 | 
						|
.It Li "cursor_character" Ta "" Ta "Character at cursor in pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "cursor_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane cursor flag"
 | 
						|
.It Li "cursor_x" Ta "" Ta "Cursor X position in pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "cursor_y" Ta "" Ta "Cursor Y position in pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "history_bytes" Ta "" Ta "Number of bytes in window history"
 | 
						|
.It Li "history_limit" Ta "" Ta "Maximum window history lines"
 | 
						|
.It Li "history_size" Ta "" Ta "Size of history in lines"
 | 
						|
.It Li "hook" Ta "" Ta "Name of running hook, if any"
 | 
						|
.It Li "hook_client" Ta "" Ta "Name of client where hook was run, if any"
 | 
						|
.It Li "hook_pane" Ta "" Ta "ID of pane where hook was run, if any"
 | 
						|
.It Li "hook_session" Ta "" Ta "ID of session where hook was run, if any"
 | 
						|
.It Li "hook_session_name" Ta "" Ta "Name of session where hook was run, if any"
 | 
						|
.It Li "hook_window" Ta "" Ta "ID of window where hook was run, if any"
 | 
						|
.It Li "hook_window_name" Ta "" Ta "Name of window where hook was run, if any"
 | 
						|
.It Li "host" Ta "#H" Ta "Hostname of local host"
 | 
						|
.It Li "host_short" Ta "#h" Ta "Hostname of local host (no domain name)"
 | 
						|
.It Li "insert_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane insert flag"
 | 
						|
.It Li "keypad_cursor_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane keypad cursor flag"
 | 
						|
.It Li "keypad_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane keypad flag"
 | 
						|
.It Li "last_window_index" Ta "" Ta "Index of last window in session"
 | 
						|
.It Li "line" Ta "" Ta "Line number in the list"
 | 
						|
.It Li "mouse_all_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse all flag"
 | 
						|
.It Li "mouse_any_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse any flag"
 | 
						|
.It Li "mouse_button_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse button flag"
 | 
						|
.It Li "mouse_hyperlink" Ta "" Ta "Hyperlink under mouse, if any"
 | 
						|
.It Li "mouse_line" Ta "" Ta "Line under mouse, if any"
 | 
						|
.It Li "mouse_sgr_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse SGR flag"
 | 
						|
.It Li "mouse_standard_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse standard flag"
 | 
						|
.It Li "mouse_status_line" Ta "" Ta "Status line on which mouse event took place"
 | 
						|
.It Li "mouse_status_range" Ta "" Ta "Range type or argument of mouse event on status line"
 | 
						|
.It Li "mouse_utf8_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse UTF-8 flag"
 | 
						|
.It Li "mouse_word" Ta "" Ta "Word under mouse, if any"
 | 
						|
.It Li "mouse_x" Ta "" Ta "Mouse X position, if any"
 | 
						|
.It Li "mouse_y" Ta "" Ta "Mouse Y position, if any"
 | 
						|
.It Li "next_session_id" Ta "" Ta "Unique session ID for next new session"
 | 
						|
.It Li "origin_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane origin flag"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_active" Ta "" Ta "1 if active pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_at_bottom" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is at the bottom of window"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_at_left" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is at the left of window"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_at_right" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is at the right of window"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_at_top" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is at the top of window"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_bg" Ta "" Ta "Pane background colour"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_bottom" Ta "" Ta "Bottom of pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_current_command" Ta "" Ta "Current command if available"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_current_path" Ta "" Ta "Current path if available"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_dead" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is dead"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_dead_signal" Ta "" Ta "Exit signal of process in dead pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_dead_status" Ta "" Ta "Exit status of process in dead pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_dead_time" Ta "" Ta "Exit time of process in dead pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_fg" Ta "" Ta "Pane foreground colour"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_format" Ta "" Ta "1 if format is for a pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_id" Ta "#D" Ta "Unique pane ID"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_in_mode" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is in a mode"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_index" Ta "#P" Ta "Index of pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_input_off" Ta "" Ta "1 if input to pane is disabled"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_key_mode" Ta "" Ta "Extended key reporting mode in this pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_last" Ta "" Ta "1 if last pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_left" Ta "" Ta "Left of pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_marked" Ta "" Ta "1 if this is the marked pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_marked_set" Ta "" Ta "1 if a marked pane is set"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_mode" Ta "" Ta "Name of pane mode, if any"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_path" Ta "" Ta "Path of pane (can be set by application)"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_pid" Ta "" Ta "PID of first process in pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_pipe" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is being piped"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_right" Ta "" Ta "Right of pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_search_string" Ta "" Ta "Last search string in copy mode"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_start_command" Ta "" Ta "Command pane started with"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_start_path" Ta "" Ta "Path pane started with"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_synchronized" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is synchronized"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_tabs" Ta "" Ta "Pane tab positions"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_title" Ta "#T" Ta "Title of pane (can be set by application)"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_top" Ta "" Ta "Top of pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_tty" Ta "" Ta "Pseudo terminal of pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_unseen_changes" Ta "" Ta "1 if there were changes in pane while in mode"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pane_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "pid" Ta "" Ta "Server PID"
 | 
						|
.It Li "rectangle_toggle" Ta "" Ta "1 if rectangle selection is activated"
 | 
						|
.It Li "scroll_position" Ta "" Ta "Scroll position in copy mode"
 | 
						|
.It Li "scroll_region_lower" Ta "" Ta "Bottom of scroll region in pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "scroll_region_upper" Ta "" Ta "Top of scroll region in pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "search_count" Ta "" Ta "Count of search results"
 | 
						|
.It Li "search_count_partial" Ta "" Ta "1 if search count is partial count"
 | 
						|
.It Li "search_match" Ta "" Ta "Search match if any"
 | 
						|
.It Li "search_present" Ta "" Ta "1 if search started in copy mode"
 | 
						|
.It Li "selection_active" Ta "" Ta "1 if selection started and changes with the cursor in copy mode"
 | 
						|
.It Li "selection_end_x" Ta "" Ta "X position of the end of the selection"
 | 
						|
.It Li "selection_end_y" Ta "" Ta "Y position of the end of the selection"
 | 
						|
.It Li "selection_present" Ta "" Ta "1 if selection started in copy mode"
 | 
						|
.It Li "selection_start_x" Ta "" Ta "X position of the start of the selection"
 | 
						|
.It Li "selection_start_y" Ta "" Ta "Y position of the start of the selection"
 | 
						|
.It Li "server_sessions" Ta "" Ta "Number of sessions"
 | 
						|
.It Li "session_activity" Ta "" Ta "Time of session last activity"
 | 
						|
.It Li "session_alerts" Ta "" Ta "List of window indexes with alerts"
 | 
						|
.It Li "session_attached" Ta "" Ta "Number of clients session is attached to"
 | 
						|
.It Li "session_attached_list" Ta "" Ta "List of clients session is attached to"
 | 
						|
.It Li "session_created" Ta "" Ta "Time session created"
 | 
						|
.It Li "session_format" Ta "" Ta "1 if format is for a session"
 | 
						|
.It Li "session_group" Ta "" Ta "Name of session group"
 | 
						|
.It Li "session_group_attached" Ta "" Ta "Number of clients sessions in group are attached to"
 | 
						|
.It Li "session_group_attached_list" Ta "" Ta "List of clients sessions in group are attached to"
 | 
						|
.It Li "session_group_list" Ta "" Ta "List of sessions in group"
 | 
						|
.It Li "session_group_many_attached" Ta "" Ta "1 if multiple clients attached to sessions in group"
 | 
						|
.It Li "session_group_size" Ta "" Ta "Size of session group"
 | 
						|
.It Li "session_grouped" Ta "" Ta "1 if session in a group"
 | 
						|
.It Li "session_id" Ta "" Ta "Unique session ID"
 | 
						|
.It Li "session_last_attached" Ta "" Ta "Time session last attached"
 | 
						|
.It Li "session_many_attached" Ta "" Ta "1 if multiple clients attached"
 | 
						|
.It Li "session_marked" Ta "" Ta "1 if this session contains the marked pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "session_name" Ta "#S" Ta "Name of session"
 | 
						|
.It Li "session_path" Ta "" Ta "Working directory of session"
 | 
						|
.It Li "session_stack" Ta "" Ta "Window indexes in most recent order"
 | 
						|
.It Li "session_windows" Ta "" Ta "Number of windows in session"
 | 
						|
.It Li "socket_path" Ta "" Ta "Server socket path"
 | 
						|
.It Li "sixel_support" Ta "" Ta "1 if server has support for SIXEL"
 | 
						|
.It Li "start_time" Ta "" Ta "Server start time"
 | 
						|
.It Li "uid" Ta "" Ta "Server UID"
 | 
						|
.It Li "user" Ta "" Ta "Server user"
 | 
						|
.It Li "version" Ta "" Ta "Server version"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_active" Ta "" Ta "1 if window active"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_active_clients" Ta "" Ta "Number of clients viewing this window"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_active_clients_list" Ta "" Ta "List of clients viewing this window"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_active_sessions" Ta "" Ta "Number of sessions on which this window is active"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_active_sessions_list" Ta "" Ta "List of sessions on which this window is active"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_activity" Ta "" Ta "Time of window last activity"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_activity_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has activity"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_bell_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has bell"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_bigger" Ta "" Ta "1 if window is larger than client"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_cell_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of each cell in pixels"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_cell_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of each cell in pixels"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_end_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has the highest index"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_flags" Ta "#F" Ta "Window flags with # escaped as ##"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_format" Ta "" Ta "1 if format is for a window"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of window"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_id" Ta "" Ta "Unique window ID"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_index" Ta "#I" Ta "Index of window"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_last_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window is the last used"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_layout" Ta "" Ta "Window layout description, ignoring zoomed window panes"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_linked" Ta "" Ta "1 if window is linked across sessions"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_linked_sessions" Ta "" Ta "Number of sessions this window is linked to"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_linked_sessions_list" Ta "" Ta "List of sessions this window is linked to"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_marked_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window contains the marked pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_name" Ta "#W" Ta "Name of window"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_offset_x" Ta "" Ta "X offset into window if larger than client"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_offset_y" Ta "" Ta "Y offset into window if larger than client"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_panes" Ta "" Ta "Number of panes in window"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_raw_flags" Ta "" Ta "Window flags with nothing escaped"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_silence_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has silence alert"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_stack_index" Ta "" Ta "Index in session most recent stack"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_start_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has the lowest index"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_visible_layout" Ta "" Ta "Window layout description, respecting zoomed window panes"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of window"
 | 
						|
.It Li "window_zoomed_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window is zoomed"
 | 
						|
.It Li "wrap_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane wrap flag"
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Sh STYLES
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
offers various options to specify the colour and attributes of aspects of the
 | 
						|
interface, for example
 | 
						|
.Ic status-style
 | 
						|
for the status line.
 | 
						|
In addition, embedded styles may be specified in format options, such as
 | 
						|
.Ic status-left ,
 | 
						|
by enclosing them in
 | 
						|
.Ql #[
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ql \&] .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
A style may be the single term
 | 
						|
.Ql default
 | 
						|
to specify the default style (which may come from an option, for example
 | 
						|
.Ic status-style
 | 
						|
in the status line) or a space
 | 
						|
or comma separated list of the following:
 | 
						|
.Bl -tag -width Ds
 | 
						|
.It Ic fg=colour
 | 
						|
Set the foreground colour.
 | 
						|
The colour is one of:
 | 
						|
.Ic black ,
 | 
						|
.Ic red ,
 | 
						|
.Ic green ,
 | 
						|
.Ic yellow ,
 | 
						|
.Ic blue ,
 | 
						|
.Ic magenta ,
 | 
						|
.Ic cyan ,
 | 
						|
.Ic white ;
 | 
						|
if supported the bright variants
 | 
						|
.Ic brightred ,
 | 
						|
.Ic brightgreen ,
 | 
						|
.Ic brightyellow ;
 | 
						|
.Ic colour0
 | 
						|
to
 | 
						|
.Ic colour255
 | 
						|
from the 256-colour set;
 | 
						|
.Ic default
 | 
						|
for the default colour;
 | 
						|
.Ic terminal
 | 
						|
for the terminal default colour; or a hexadecimal RGB string such as
 | 
						|
.Ql #ffffff .
 | 
						|
.It Ic bg=colour
 | 
						|
Set the background colour.
 | 
						|
.It Ic us=colour
 | 
						|
Set the underscore colour.
 | 
						|
.It Ic none
 | 
						|
Set no attributes (turn off any active attributes).
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic acs ,
 | 
						|
.Ic bright
 | 
						|
(or
 | 
						|
.Ic bold ) ,
 | 
						|
.Ic dim ,
 | 
						|
.Ic underscore ,
 | 
						|
.Ic blink ,
 | 
						|
.Ic reverse ,
 | 
						|
.Ic hidden ,
 | 
						|
.Ic italics ,
 | 
						|
.Ic overline ,
 | 
						|
.Ic strikethrough ,
 | 
						|
.Ic double-underscore ,
 | 
						|
.Ic curly-underscore ,
 | 
						|
.Ic dotted-underscore ,
 | 
						|
.Ic dashed-underscore
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Set an attribute.
 | 
						|
Any of the attributes may be prefixed with
 | 
						|
.Ql no
 | 
						|
to unset.
 | 
						|
.Ic acs
 | 
						|
is the terminal alternate character set.
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic align=left
 | 
						|
(or
 | 
						|
.Ic noalign ) ,
 | 
						|
.Ic align=centre ,
 | 
						|
.Ic align=right
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Align text to the left, centre or right of the available space if appropriate.
 | 
						|
.It Ic fill=colour
 | 
						|
Fill the available space with a background colour if appropriate.
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic list=on ,
 | 
						|
.Ic list=focus ,
 | 
						|
.Ic list=left-marker ,
 | 
						|
.Ic list=right-marker ,
 | 
						|
.Ic nolist
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Mark the position of the various window list components in the
 | 
						|
.Ic status-format
 | 
						|
option:
 | 
						|
.Ic list=on
 | 
						|
marks the start of the list;
 | 
						|
.Ic list=focus
 | 
						|
is the part of the list that should be kept in focus if the entire list won't
 | 
						|
fit in the available space (typically the current window);
 | 
						|
.Ic list=left-marker
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ic list=right-marker
 | 
						|
mark the text to be used to mark that text has been trimmed from the left or
 | 
						|
right of the list if there is not enough space.
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic push-default ,
 | 
						|
.Ic pop-default
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Store the current colours and attributes as the default or reset to the previous
 | 
						|
default.
 | 
						|
A
 | 
						|
.Ic push-default
 | 
						|
affects any subsequent use of the
 | 
						|
.Ic default
 | 
						|
term until a
 | 
						|
.Ic pop-default .
 | 
						|
Only one default may be pushed (each
 | 
						|
.Ic push-default
 | 
						|
replaces the previous saved default).
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic range=left ,
 | 
						|
.Ic range=right ,
 | 
						|
.Ic range=session|X ,
 | 
						|
.Ic range=window|X ,
 | 
						|
.Ic range=pane|X ,
 | 
						|
.Ic range=user|X ,
 | 
						|
.Ic norange
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Mark a range for mouse events in the
 | 
						|
.Ic status-format
 | 
						|
option.
 | 
						|
When a mouse event occurs in the
 | 
						|
.Ic range=left
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ic range=right
 | 
						|
range, the
 | 
						|
.Ql StatusLeft
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ql StatusRight
 | 
						|
key bindings are triggered.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Ic range=session|X ,
 | 
						|
.Ic range=window|X
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ic range=pane|X
 | 
						|
are ranges for a session, window or pane.
 | 
						|
These trigger the
 | 
						|
.Ql Status
 | 
						|
mouse key with the target session, window or pane given by the
 | 
						|
.Ql X
 | 
						|
argument.
 | 
						|
.Ql X
 | 
						|
is a session ID, window index in the current session or a pane ID.
 | 
						|
For these, the
 | 
						|
.Ic mouse_status_range
 | 
						|
format variable will be set to
 | 
						|
.Ql session ,
 | 
						|
.Ql window
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ql pane .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Ic range=user|X
 | 
						|
is a user-defined range; it triggers the
 | 
						|
.Ql Status
 | 
						|
mouse key.
 | 
						|
The argument
 | 
						|
.Ql X
 | 
						|
will be available in the
 | 
						|
.Ic mouse_status_range
 | 
						|
format variable.
 | 
						|
.Ql X
 | 
						|
must be at most 15 bytes in length.
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Examples are:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
fg=yellow bold underscore blink
 | 
						|
bg=black,fg=default,noreverse
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Sh NAMES AND TITLES
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
distinguishes between names and titles.
 | 
						|
Windows and sessions have names, which may be used to specify them in targets
 | 
						|
and are displayed in the status line and various lists: the name is the
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
identifier for a window or session.
 | 
						|
Only panes have titles.
 | 
						|
A pane's title is typically set by the program running inside the pane using
 | 
						|
an escape sequence (like it would set the
 | 
						|
.Xr xterm 1
 | 
						|
window title in
 | 
						|
.Xr X 7 ) .
 | 
						|
Windows themselves do not have titles - a window's title is the title of its
 | 
						|
active pane.
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
itself may set the title of the terminal in which the client is running, see
 | 
						|
the
 | 
						|
.Ic set-titles
 | 
						|
option.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
A session's name is set with the
 | 
						|
.Ic new-session
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ic rename-session
 | 
						|
commands.
 | 
						|
A window's name is set with one of:
 | 
						|
.Bl -enum -width Ds
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
A command argument (such as
 | 
						|
.Fl n
 | 
						|
for
 | 
						|
.Ic new-window
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ic new-session ) .
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
An escape sequence (if the
 | 
						|
.Ic allow-rename
 | 
						|
option is turned on):
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
$ printf \[aq]\e033kWINDOW_NAME\e033\e\e\[aq]
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.It
 | 
						|
Automatic renaming, which sets the name to the active command in the window's
 | 
						|
active pane.
 | 
						|
See the
 | 
						|
.Ic automatic-rename
 | 
						|
option.
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
When a pane is first created, its title is the hostname.
 | 
						|
A pane's title can be set via the title setting escape sequence, for example:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
$ printf \[aq]\e033]2;My Title\e033\e\e\[aq]
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
It can also be modified with the
 | 
						|
.Ic select-pane
 | 
						|
.Fl T
 | 
						|
command.
 | 
						|
.Sh GLOBAL AND SESSION ENVIRONMENT
 | 
						|
When the server is started,
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
copies the environment into the
 | 
						|
.Em global environment ;
 | 
						|
in addition, each session has a
 | 
						|
.Em session environment .
 | 
						|
When a window is created, the session and global environments are merged.
 | 
						|
If a variable exists in both, the value from the session environment is used.
 | 
						|
The result is the initial environment passed to the new process.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Ic update-environment
 | 
						|
session option may be used to update the session environment from the client
 | 
						|
when a new session is created or an old reattached.
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
also initialises the
 | 
						|
.Ev TMUX
 | 
						|
variable with some internal information to allow commands to be executed
 | 
						|
from inside, and the
 | 
						|
.Ev TERM
 | 
						|
variable with the correct terminal setting of
 | 
						|
.Ql screen .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Variables in both session and global environments may be marked as hidden.
 | 
						|
Hidden variables are not passed into the environment of new processes and
 | 
						|
instead can only be used by tmux itself (for example in formats, see the
 | 
						|
.Sx FORMATS
 | 
						|
section).
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Commands to alter and view the environment are:
 | 
						|
.Bl -tag -width Ds
 | 
						|
.Tg setenv
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic set-environment
 | 
						|
.Op Fl Fhgru
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-session
 | 
						|
.Ar name Op Ar value
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic setenv
 | 
						|
Set or unset an environment variable.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl g
 | 
						|
is used, the change is made in the global environment; otherwise, it is applied
 | 
						|
to the session environment for
 | 
						|
.Ar target-session .
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl F
 | 
						|
is present, then
 | 
						|
.Ar value
 | 
						|
is expanded as a format.
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl u
 | 
						|
flag unsets a variable.
 | 
						|
.Fl r
 | 
						|
indicates the variable is to be removed from the environment before starting a
 | 
						|
new process.
 | 
						|
.Fl h
 | 
						|
marks the variable as hidden.
 | 
						|
.Tg showenv
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic show-environment
 | 
						|
.Op Fl hgs
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-session
 | 
						|
.Op Ar variable
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic showenv
 | 
						|
Display the environment for
 | 
						|
.Ar target-session
 | 
						|
or the global environment with
 | 
						|
.Fl g .
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Ar variable
 | 
						|
is omitted, all variables are shown.
 | 
						|
Variables removed from the environment are prefixed with
 | 
						|
.Ql - .
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl s
 | 
						|
is used, the output is formatted as a set of Bourne shell commands.
 | 
						|
.Fl h
 | 
						|
shows hidden variables (omitted by default).
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Sh STATUS LINE
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
includes an optional status line which is displayed in the bottom line of each
 | 
						|
terminal.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
By default, the status line is enabled and one line in height (it may be
 | 
						|
disabled or made multiple lines with the
 | 
						|
.Ic status
 | 
						|
session option) and contains, from left-to-right: the name of the current
 | 
						|
session in square brackets; the window list; the title of the active pane
 | 
						|
in double quotes; and the time and date.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Each line of the status line is configured with the
 | 
						|
.Ic status-format
 | 
						|
option.
 | 
						|
The default is made of three parts: configurable left and right sections (which
 | 
						|
may contain dynamic content such as the time or output from a shell command,
 | 
						|
see the
 | 
						|
.Ic status-left ,
 | 
						|
.Ic status-left-length ,
 | 
						|
.Ic status-right ,
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ic status-right-length
 | 
						|
options below), and a central window list.
 | 
						|
By default, the window list shows the index, name and (if any) flag of the
 | 
						|
windows present in the current session in ascending numerical order.
 | 
						|
It may be customised with the
 | 
						|
.Ar window-status-format
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ar window-status-current-format
 | 
						|
options.
 | 
						|
The flag is one of the following symbols appended to the window name:
 | 
						|
.Bl -column "Symbol" "Meaning" -offset indent
 | 
						|
.It Sy "Symbol" Ta Sy "Meaning"
 | 
						|
.It Li "*" Ta "Denotes the current window."
 | 
						|
.It Li "-" Ta "Marks the last window (previously selected)."
 | 
						|
.It Li "#" Ta "Window activity is monitored and activity has been detected."
 | 
						|
.It Li "\&!" Ta "Window bells are monitored and a bell has occurred in the window."
 | 
						|
.It Li "\[ti]" Ta "The window has been silent for the monitor-silence interval."
 | 
						|
.It Li "M" Ta "The window contains the marked pane."
 | 
						|
.It Li "Z" Ta "The window's active pane is zoomed."
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The # symbol relates to the
 | 
						|
.Ic monitor-activity
 | 
						|
window option.
 | 
						|
The window name is printed in inverted colours if an alert (bell, activity or
 | 
						|
silence) is present.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The colour and attributes of the status line may be configured, the entire
 | 
						|
status line using the
 | 
						|
.Ic status-style
 | 
						|
session option and individual windows using the
 | 
						|
.Ic window-status-style
 | 
						|
window option.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The status line is automatically refreshed at interval if it has changed, the
 | 
						|
interval may be controlled with the
 | 
						|
.Ic status-interval
 | 
						|
session option.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Commands related to the status line are as follows:
 | 
						|
.Bl -tag -width Ds
 | 
						|
.Tg clearphist
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic clear-prompt-history
 | 
						|
.Op Fl T Ar prompt-type
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic clearphist
 | 
						|
Clear status prompt history for prompt type
 | 
						|
.Ar prompt-type .
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl T
 | 
						|
is omitted, then clear history for all types.
 | 
						|
See
 | 
						|
.Ic command-prompt
 | 
						|
for possible values for
 | 
						|
.Ar prompt-type .
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic command-prompt
 | 
						|
.Op Fl 1bFikN
 | 
						|
.Op Fl I Ar inputs
 | 
						|
.Op Fl p Ar prompts
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-client
 | 
						|
.Op Fl T Ar prompt-type
 | 
						|
.Op Ar template
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Open the command prompt in a client.
 | 
						|
This may be used from inside
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
to execute commands interactively.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Ar template
 | 
						|
is specified, it is used as the command.
 | 
						|
With
 | 
						|
.Fl F ,
 | 
						|
.Ar template
 | 
						|
is expanded as a format.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
If present,
 | 
						|
.Fl I
 | 
						|
is a comma-separated list of the initial text for each prompt.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl p
 | 
						|
is given,
 | 
						|
.Ar prompts
 | 
						|
is a comma-separated list of prompts which are displayed in order; otherwise
 | 
						|
a single prompt is displayed, constructed from
 | 
						|
.Ar template
 | 
						|
if it is present, or
 | 
						|
.Ql \&:
 | 
						|
if not.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Before the command is executed, the first occurrence of the string
 | 
						|
.Ql %%
 | 
						|
and all occurrences of
 | 
						|
.Ql %1
 | 
						|
are replaced by the response to the first prompt, all
 | 
						|
.Ql %2
 | 
						|
are replaced with the response to the second prompt, and so on for further
 | 
						|
prompts.
 | 
						|
Up to nine prompt responses may be replaced
 | 
						|
.Po
 | 
						|
.Ql %1
 | 
						|
to
 | 
						|
.Ql %9
 | 
						|
.Pc .
 | 
						|
.Ql %%%
 | 
						|
is like
 | 
						|
.Ql %%
 | 
						|
but any quotation marks are escaped.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl 1
 | 
						|
makes the prompt only accept one key press, in this case the resulting input
 | 
						|
is a single character.
 | 
						|
.Fl k
 | 
						|
is like
 | 
						|
.Fl 1
 | 
						|
but the key press is translated to a key name.
 | 
						|
.Fl N
 | 
						|
makes the prompt only accept numeric key presses.
 | 
						|
.Fl i
 | 
						|
executes the command every time the prompt input changes instead of when the
 | 
						|
user exits the command prompt.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl T
 | 
						|
tells
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
the prompt type.
 | 
						|
This affects what completions are offered when
 | 
						|
.Em Tab
 | 
						|
is pressed.
 | 
						|
Available types are:
 | 
						|
.Ql command ,
 | 
						|
.Ql search ,
 | 
						|
.Ql target
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ql window-target .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The following keys have a special meaning in the command prompt, depending
 | 
						|
on the value of the
 | 
						|
.Ic status-keys
 | 
						|
option:
 | 
						|
.Bl -column "FunctionXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" "viXXXX" "emacsX" -offset indent
 | 
						|
.It Sy "Function" Ta Sy "vi" Ta Sy "emacs"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Cancel command prompt" Ta "q" Ta "Escape"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Delete from cursor to start of word" Ta "" Ta "C-w"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Delete entire command" Ta "d" Ta "C-u"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Delete from cursor to end" Ta "D" Ta "C-k"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Execute command" Ta "Enter" Ta "Enter"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Get next command from history" Ta "" Ta "Down"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Get previous command from history" Ta "" Ta "Up"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Insert top paste buffer" Ta "p" Ta "C-y"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Look for completions" Ta "Tab" Ta "Tab"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Move cursor left" Ta "h" Ta "Left"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Move cursor right" Ta "l" Ta "Right"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Move cursor to end" Ta "$" Ta "C-e"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Move cursor to next word" Ta "w" Ta "M-f"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Move cursor to previous word" Ta "b" Ta "M-b"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Move cursor to start" Ta "0" Ta "C-a"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Transpose characters" Ta "" Ta "C-t"
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
With
 | 
						|
.Fl b ,
 | 
						|
the prompt is shown in the background and the invoking client does not exit
 | 
						|
until it is dismissed.
 | 
						|
.Tg confirm
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic confirm-before
 | 
						|
.Op Fl by
 | 
						|
.Op Fl c Ar confirm-key
 | 
						|
.Op Fl p Ar prompt
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-client
 | 
						|
.Ar command
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic confirm
 | 
						|
Ask for confirmation before executing
 | 
						|
.Ar command .
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl p
 | 
						|
is given,
 | 
						|
.Ar prompt
 | 
						|
is the prompt to display; otherwise a prompt is constructed from
 | 
						|
.Ar command .
 | 
						|
It may contain the special character sequences supported by the
 | 
						|
.Ic status-left
 | 
						|
option.
 | 
						|
With
 | 
						|
.Fl b ,
 | 
						|
the prompt is shown in the background and the invoking client does not exit
 | 
						|
until it is dismissed.
 | 
						|
.Fl y
 | 
						|
changes the default behaviour (if Enter alone is pressed) of the prompt to
 | 
						|
run the command.
 | 
						|
.Fl c
 | 
						|
changes the confirmation key to
 | 
						|
.Ar confirm-key ;
 | 
						|
the default is
 | 
						|
.Ql y .
 | 
						|
.Tg menu
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic display-menu
 | 
						|
.Op Fl OM
 | 
						|
.Op Fl b Ar border-lines
 | 
						|
.Op Fl c Ar target-client
 | 
						|
.Op Fl C Ar starting-choice
 | 
						|
.Op Fl H Ar selected-style
 | 
						|
.Op Fl s Ar style
 | 
						|
.Op Fl S Ar border-style
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
.Op Fl T Ar title
 | 
						|
.Op Fl x Ar position
 | 
						|
.Op Fl y Ar position
 | 
						|
.Ar name
 | 
						|
.Ar key
 | 
						|
.Ar command Op Ar argument ...
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic menu
 | 
						|
Display a menu on
 | 
						|
.Ar target-client .
 | 
						|
.Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
gives the target for any commands run from the menu.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
A menu is passed as a series of arguments: first the menu item name,
 | 
						|
second the key shortcut (or empty for none) and third the command
 | 
						|
to run when the menu item is chosen.
 | 
						|
The name and command are formats, see the
 | 
						|
.Sx FORMATS
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Sx STYLES
 | 
						|
sections.
 | 
						|
If the name begins with a hyphen (-), then the item is disabled (shown dim) and
 | 
						|
may not be chosen.
 | 
						|
The name may be empty for a separator line, in which case both the key and
 | 
						|
command should be omitted.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl b
 | 
						|
sets the type of characters used for drawing menu borders.
 | 
						|
See
 | 
						|
.Ic popup-border-lines
 | 
						|
for possible values for
 | 
						|
.Ar border-lines .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl H
 | 
						|
sets the style for the selected menu item (see
 | 
						|
.Sx STYLES ) .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl s
 | 
						|
sets the style for the menu and
 | 
						|
.Fl S
 | 
						|
sets the style for the menu border (see
 | 
						|
.Sx STYLES ) .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl T
 | 
						|
is a format for the menu title (see
 | 
						|
.Sx FORMATS ) .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl C
 | 
						|
sets the menu item selected by default, if the menu is not bound to a mouse key
 | 
						|
binding.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl x
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Fl y
 | 
						|
give the position of the menu.
 | 
						|
Both may be a row or column number, or one of the following special values:
 | 
						|
.Bl -column "XXXXX" "XXXX" -offset indent
 | 
						|
.It Sy "Value" Ta Sy "Flag" Ta Sy "Meaning"
 | 
						|
.It Li "C" Ta "Both" Ta "The centre of the terminal"
 | 
						|
.It Li "R" Ta Fl x Ta "The right side of the terminal"
 | 
						|
.It Li "P" Ta "Both" Ta "The bottom left of the pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "M" Ta "Both" Ta "The mouse position"
 | 
						|
.It Li "W" Ta "Both" Ta "The window position on the status line"
 | 
						|
.It Li "S" Ta Fl y Ta "The line above or below the status line"
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Or a format, which is expanded including the following additional variables:
 | 
						|
.Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" -offset indent
 | 
						|
.It Sy "Variable name" Ta Sy "Replaced with"
 | 
						|
.It Li "popup_centre_x" Ta "Centered in the client"
 | 
						|
.It Li "popup_centre_y" Ta "Centered in the client"
 | 
						|
.It Li "popup_height" Ta "Height of menu or popup"
 | 
						|
.It Li "popup_mouse_bottom" Ta "Bottom of at the mouse"
 | 
						|
.It Li "popup_mouse_centre_x" Ta "Horizontal centre at the mouse"
 | 
						|
.It Li "popup_mouse_centre_y" Ta "Vertical centre at the mouse"
 | 
						|
.It Li "popup_mouse_top" Ta "Top at the mouse"
 | 
						|
.It Li "popup_mouse_x" Ta "Mouse X position"
 | 
						|
.It Li "popup_mouse_y" Ta "Mouse Y position"
 | 
						|
.It Li "popup_pane_bottom" Ta "Bottom of the pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "popup_pane_left" Ta "Left of the pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "popup_pane_right" Ta "Right of the pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "popup_pane_top" Ta "Top of the pane"
 | 
						|
.It Li "popup_status_line_y" Ta "Above or below the status line"
 | 
						|
.It Li "popup_width" Ta "Width of menu or popup"
 | 
						|
.It Li "popup_window_status_line_x" Ta "At the window position in status line"
 | 
						|
.It Li "popup_window_status_line_y" Ta "At the status line showing the window"
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Each menu consists of items followed by a key shortcut shown in brackets.
 | 
						|
If the menu is too large to fit on the terminal, it is not displayed.
 | 
						|
Pressing the key shortcut chooses the corresponding item.
 | 
						|
If the mouse is enabled and the menu is opened from a mouse key binding,
 | 
						|
releasing the mouse button with an item selected chooses that item and
 | 
						|
releasing the mouse button without an item selected closes the menu.
 | 
						|
.Fl O
 | 
						|
changes this behaviour so that the menu does not close when the mouse button is
 | 
						|
released without an item selected the menu is not closed and a mouse button
 | 
						|
must be clicked to choose an item.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl M
 | 
						|
tells
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
the menu should handle mouse events; by default only menus opened from mouse
 | 
						|
key bindings do so.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The following keys are available in menus:
 | 
						|
.Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
 | 
						|
.It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Enter" Ta "Choose selected item"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous item"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Down" Ta "Select next item"
 | 
						|
.It Li "q" Ta "Exit menu"
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Tg display
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic display-message
 | 
						|
.Op Fl aIlNpv
 | 
						|
.Op Fl c Ar target-client
 | 
						|
.Op Fl d Ar delay
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
.Op Ar message
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic display
 | 
						|
Display a message.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl p
 | 
						|
is given, the output is printed to stdout, otherwise it is displayed in the
 | 
						|
.Ar target-client
 | 
						|
status line for up to
 | 
						|
.Ar delay
 | 
						|
milliseconds.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Ar delay
 | 
						|
is not given, the
 | 
						|
.Ic display-time
 | 
						|
option is used; a delay of zero waits for a key press.
 | 
						|
.Ql N
 | 
						|
ignores key presses and closes only after the delay expires.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl l
 | 
						|
is given,
 | 
						|
.Ar message
 | 
						|
is printed unchanged.
 | 
						|
Otherwise, the format of
 | 
						|
.Ar message
 | 
						|
is described in the
 | 
						|
.Sx FORMATS
 | 
						|
section; information is taken from
 | 
						|
.Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
if
 | 
						|
.Fl t
 | 
						|
is given, otherwise the active pane.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl v
 | 
						|
prints verbose logging as the format is parsed and
 | 
						|
.Fl a
 | 
						|
lists the format variables and their values.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl I
 | 
						|
forwards any input read from stdin to the empty pane given by
 | 
						|
.Ar target-pane .
 | 
						|
.Tg popup
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic display-popup
 | 
						|
.Op Fl BCE
 | 
						|
.Op Fl b Ar border-lines
 | 
						|
.Op Fl c Ar target-client
 | 
						|
.Op Fl d Ar start-directory
 | 
						|
.Op Fl e Ar environment
 | 
						|
.Op Fl h Ar height
 | 
						|
.Op Fl s Ar border-style
 | 
						|
.Op Fl S Ar style
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
.Op Fl T Ar title
 | 
						|
.Op Fl w Ar width
 | 
						|
.Op Fl x Ar position
 | 
						|
.Op Fl y Ar position
 | 
						|
.Op Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic popup
 | 
						|
Display a popup running
 | 
						|
.Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
on
 | 
						|
.Ar target-client .
 | 
						|
A popup is a rectangular box drawn over the top of any panes.
 | 
						|
Panes are not updated while a popup is present.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl E
 | 
						|
closes the popup automatically when
 | 
						|
.Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
exits.
 | 
						|
Two
 | 
						|
.Fl E
 | 
						|
closes the popup only if
 | 
						|
.Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
exited with success.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl x
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Fl y
 | 
						|
give the position of the popup, they have the same meaning as for the
 | 
						|
.Ic display-menu
 | 
						|
command.
 | 
						|
.Fl w
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Fl h
 | 
						|
give the width and height - both may be a percentage (followed by
 | 
						|
.Ql % ) .
 | 
						|
If omitted, half of the terminal size is used.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl B
 | 
						|
does not surround the popup by a border.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl b
 | 
						|
sets the type of characters used for drawing popup borders.
 | 
						|
When
 | 
						|
.Fl B
 | 
						|
is specified, the
 | 
						|
.Fl b
 | 
						|
option is ignored.
 | 
						|
See
 | 
						|
.Ic popup-border-lines
 | 
						|
for possible values for
 | 
						|
.Ar border-lines .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl s
 | 
						|
sets the style for the popup and
 | 
						|
.Fl S
 | 
						|
sets the style for the popup border (see
 | 
						|
.Sx STYLES ) .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl e
 | 
						|
takes the form
 | 
						|
.Ql VARIABLE=value
 | 
						|
and sets an environment variable for the popup; it may be specified multiple
 | 
						|
times.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl T
 | 
						|
is a format for the popup title (see
 | 
						|
.Sx FORMATS ) .
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl C
 | 
						|
flag closes any popup on the client.
 | 
						|
.Tg showphist
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic show-prompt-history
 | 
						|
.Op Fl T Ar prompt-type
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic showphist
 | 
						|
Display status prompt history for prompt type
 | 
						|
.Ar prompt-type .
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl T
 | 
						|
is omitted, then show history for all types.
 | 
						|
See
 | 
						|
.Ic command-prompt
 | 
						|
for possible values for
 | 
						|
.Ar prompt-type .
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Sh BUFFERS
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
maintains a set of named
 | 
						|
.Em paste buffers .
 | 
						|
Each buffer may be either explicitly or automatically named.
 | 
						|
Explicitly named buffers are named when created with the
 | 
						|
.Ic set-buffer
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ic load-buffer
 | 
						|
commands, or by renaming an automatically named buffer with
 | 
						|
.Ic set-buffer
 | 
						|
.Fl n .
 | 
						|
Automatically named buffers are given a name such as
 | 
						|
.Ql buffer0001 ,
 | 
						|
.Ql buffer0002
 | 
						|
and so on.
 | 
						|
When the
 | 
						|
.Ic buffer-limit
 | 
						|
option is reached, the oldest automatically named buffer is deleted.
 | 
						|
Explicitly named buffers are not subject to
 | 
						|
.Ic buffer-limit
 | 
						|
and may be deleted with the
 | 
						|
.Ic delete-buffer
 | 
						|
command.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Buffers may be added using
 | 
						|
.Ic copy-mode
 | 
						|
or the
 | 
						|
.Ic set-buffer
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ic load-buffer
 | 
						|
commands, and pasted into a window using the
 | 
						|
.Ic paste-buffer
 | 
						|
command.
 | 
						|
If a buffer command is used and no buffer is specified, the most
 | 
						|
recently added automatically named buffer is assumed.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
A configurable history buffer is also maintained for each window.
 | 
						|
By default, up to 2000 lines are kept; this can be altered with the
 | 
						|
.Ic history-limit
 | 
						|
option (see the
 | 
						|
.Ic set-option
 | 
						|
command above).
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The buffer commands are as follows:
 | 
						|
.Bl -tag -width Ds
 | 
						|
.It Xo
 | 
						|
.Ic choose-buffer
 | 
						|
.Op Fl NryZ
 | 
						|
.Op Fl F Ar format
 | 
						|
.Op Fl f Ar filter
 | 
						|
.Op Fl K Ar key-format
 | 
						|
.Op Fl O Ar sort-order
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
.Op Ar template
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
Put a pane into buffer mode, where a buffer may be chosen interactively from
 | 
						|
a list.
 | 
						|
Each buffer is shown on one line.
 | 
						|
A shortcut key is shown on the left in brackets allowing for immediate choice,
 | 
						|
or the list may be navigated and an item chosen or otherwise manipulated using
 | 
						|
the keys below.
 | 
						|
.Fl Z
 | 
						|
zooms the pane.
 | 
						|
.Fl y
 | 
						|
disables any confirmation prompts.
 | 
						|
The following keys may be used in buffer mode:
 | 
						|
.Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
 | 
						|
.It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Enter" Ta "Paste selected buffer"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous buffer"
 | 
						|
.It Li "Down" Ta "Select next buffer"
 | 
						|
.It Li "C-s" Ta "Search by name or content"
 | 
						|
.It Li "n" Ta "Repeat last search forwards"
 | 
						|
.It Li "N" Ta "Repeat last search backwards"
 | 
						|
.It Li "t" Ta "Toggle if buffer is tagged"
 | 
						|
.It Li "T" Ta "Tag no buffers"
 | 
						|
.It Li "C-t" Ta "Tag all buffers"
 | 
						|
.It Li "p" Ta "Paste selected buffer"
 | 
						|
.It Li "P" Ta "Paste tagged buffers"
 | 
						|
.It Li "d" Ta "Delete selected buffer"
 | 
						|
.It Li "D" Ta "Delete tagged buffers"
 | 
						|
.It Li "e" Ta "Open the buffer in an editor"
 | 
						|
.It Li "f" Ta "Enter a format to filter items"
 | 
						|
.It Li "O" Ta "Change sort field"
 | 
						|
.It Li "r" Ta "Reverse sort order"
 | 
						|
.It Li "v" Ta "Toggle preview"
 | 
						|
.It Li "q" Ta "Exit mode"
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
After a buffer is chosen,
 | 
						|
.Ql %%
 | 
						|
is replaced by the buffer name in
 | 
						|
.Ar template
 | 
						|
and the result executed as a command.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Ar template
 | 
						|
is not given, "paste-buffer -p -b \[aq]%%\[aq]" is used.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Fl O
 | 
						|
specifies the initial sort field: one of
 | 
						|
.Ql time
 | 
						|
(creation),
 | 
						|
.Ql name
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Ql size .
 | 
						|
.Fl r
 | 
						|
reverses the sort order.
 | 
						|
.Fl f
 | 
						|
specifies an initial filter: the filter is a format - if it evaluates to zero,
 | 
						|
the item in the list is not shown, otherwise it is shown.
 | 
						|
If a filter would lead to an empty list, it is ignored.
 | 
						|
.Fl F
 | 
						|
specifies the format for each item in the list and
 | 
						|
.Fl K
 | 
						|
a format for each shortcut key; both are evaluated once for each line.
 | 
						|
.Fl N
 | 
						|
starts without the preview.
 | 
						|
This command works only if at least one client is attached.
 | 
						|
.Tg clearhist
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic clear-history
 | 
						|
.Op Fl H
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic clearhist
 | 
						|
Remove and free the history for the specified pane.
 | 
						|
.Fl H
 | 
						|
also removes all hyperlinks.
 | 
						|
.Tg deleteb
 | 
						|
.It Ic delete-buffer Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic deleteb
 | 
						|
Delete the buffer named
 | 
						|
.Ar buffer-name ,
 | 
						|
or the most recently added automatically named buffer if not specified.
 | 
						|
.Tg lsb
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic list-buffers
 | 
						|
.Op Fl F Ar format
 | 
						|
.Op Fl f Ar filter
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic lsb
 | 
						|
List the global buffers.
 | 
						|
.Fl F
 | 
						|
specifies the format of each line and
 | 
						|
.Fl f
 | 
						|
a filter.
 | 
						|
Only buffers for which the filter is true are shown.
 | 
						|
See the
 | 
						|
.Sx FORMATS
 | 
						|
section.
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic load-buffer
 | 
						|
.Op Fl w
 | 
						|
.Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-client
 | 
						|
.Ar path
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.Tg loadb
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic loadb
 | 
						|
Load the contents of the specified paste buffer from
 | 
						|
.Ar path .
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl w
 | 
						|
is given, the buffer is also sent to the clipboard for
 | 
						|
.Ar target-client
 | 
						|
using the
 | 
						|
.Xr xterm 1
 | 
						|
escape sequence, if possible.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Ar path
 | 
						|
is
 | 
						|
.Ql - ,
 | 
						|
the contents are read from stdin.
 | 
						|
.Tg pasteb
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic paste-buffer
 | 
						|
.Op Fl dpr
 | 
						|
.Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
 | 
						|
.Op Fl s Ar separator
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic pasteb
 | 
						|
Insert the contents of a paste buffer into the specified pane.
 | 
						|
If not specified, paste into the current one.
 | 
						|
With
 | 
						|
.Fl d ,
 | 
						|
also delete the paste buffer.
 | 
						|
When output, any linefeed (LF) characters in the paste buffer are replaced with
 | 
						|
a separator, by default carriage return (CR).
 | 
						|
A custom separator may be specified using the
 | 
						|
.Fl s
 | 
						|
flag.
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl r
 | 
						|
flag means to do no replacement (equivalent to a separator of LF).
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl p
 | 
						|
is specified, paste bracket control codes are inserted around the
 | 
						|
buffer if the application has requested bracketed paste mode.
 | 
						|
.Tg saveb
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic save-buffer
 | 
						|
.Op Fl a
 | 
						|
.Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
 | 
						|
.Ar path
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic saveb
 | 
						|
Save the contents of the specified paste buffer to
 | 
						|
.Ar path .
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl a
 | 
						|
option appends to rather than overwriting the file.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Ar path
 | 
						|
is
 | 
						|
.Ql - ,
 | 
						|
the contents are read from stdin.
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic set-buffer
 | 
						|
.Op Fl aw
 | 
						|
.Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-client
 | 
						|
.Tg setb
 | 
						|
.Op Fl n Ar new-buffer-name
 | 
						|
.Ar data
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic setb
 | 
						|
Set the contents of the specified buffer to
 | 
						|
.Ar data .
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl w
 | 
						|
is given, the buffer is also sent to the clipboard for
 | 
						|
.Ar target-client
 | 
						|
using the
 | 
						|
.Xr xterm 1
 | 
						|
escape sequence, if possible.
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl a
 | 
						|
option appends to rather than overwriting the buffer.
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Fl n
 | 
						|
option renames the buffer to
 | 
						|
.Ar new-buffer-name .
 | 
						|
.Tg showb
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic show-buffer
 | 
						|
.Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic showb
 | 
						|
Display the contents of the specified buffer.
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Sh MISCELLANEOUS
 | 
						|
Miscellaneous commands are as follows:
 | 
						|
.Bl -tag -width Ds
 | 
						|
.It Ic clock-mode Op Fl t Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
Display a large clock.
 | 
						|
.Tg if
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic if-shell
 | 
						|
.Op Fl bF
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
.Ar shell-command command
 | 
						|
.Op Ar command
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic if
 | 
						|
Execute the first
 | 
						|
.Ar command
 | 
						|
if
 | 
						|
.Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
(run with
 | 
						|
.Pa /bin/sh )
 | 
						|
returns success or the second
 | 
						|
.Ar command
 | 
						|
otherwise.
 | 
						|
Before being executed,
 | 
						|
.Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
is expanded using the rules specified in the
 | 
						|
.Sx FORMATS
 | 
						|
section, including those relevant to
 | 
						|
.Ar target-pane .
 | 
						|
With
 | 
						|
.Fl b ,
 | 
						|
.Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
is run in the background.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl F
 | 
						|
is given,
 | 
						|
.Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
is not executed but considered success if neither empty nor zero (after formats
 | 
						|
are expanded).
 | 
						|
.Tg lock
 | 
						|
.It Ic lock-server
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic lock
 | 
						|
Lock each client individually by running the command specified by the
 | 
						|
.Ic lock-command
 | 
						|
option.
 | 
						|
.Tg run
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic run-shell
 | 
						|
.Op Fl bC
 | 
						|
.Op Fl c Ar start-directory
 | 
						|
.Op Fl d Ar delay
 | 
						|
.Op Fl t Ar target-pane
 | 
						|
.Op Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic run
 | 
						|
Execute
 | 
						|
.Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
using
 | 
						|
.Pa /bin/sh
 | 
						|
or (with
 | 
						|
.Fl C )
 | 
						|
a
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
command in the background without creating a window.
 | 
						|
Before being executed,
 | 
						|
.Ar shell-command
 | 
						|
is expanded using the rules specified in the
 | 
						|
.Sx FORMATS
 | 
						|
section.
 | 
						|
With
 | 
						|
.Fl b ,
 | 
						|
the command is run in the background.
 | 
						|
.Fl d
 | 
						|
waits for
 | 
						|
.Ar delay
 | 
						|
seconds before starting the command.
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl c
 | 
						|
is given, the current working directory is set to
 | 
						|
.Ar start-directory .
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Fl C
 | 
						|
is not given, any output to stdout is displayed in view mode (in the pane
 | 
						|
specified by
 | 
						|
.Fl t
 | 
						|
or the current pane if omitted) after the command finishes.
 | 
						|
If the command fails, the exit status is also displayed.
 | 
						|
.Tg wait
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic wait-for
 | 
						|
.Op Fl L | S | U
 | 
						|
.Ar channel
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
.D1 Pq alias: Ic wait
 | 
						|
When used without options, prevents the client from exiting until woken using
 | 
						|
.Ic wait-for
 | 
						|
.Fl S
 | 
						|
with the same channel.
 | 
						|
When
 | 
						|
.Fl L
 | 
						|
is used, the channel is locked and any clients that try to lock the same
 | 
						|
channel are made to wait until the channel is unlocked with
 | 
						|
.Ic wait-for
 | 
						|
.Fl U .
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Sh EXIT MESSAGES
 | 
						|
When a
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
client detaches, it prints a message.
 | 
						|
This may be one of:
 | 
						|
.Bl -tag -width Ds
 | 
						|
.It detached (from session ...)
 | 
						|
The client was detached normally.
 | 
						|
.It detached and SIGHUP
 | 
						|
The client was detached and its parent sent the
 | 
						|
.Dv SIGHUP
 | 
						|
signal (for example with
 | 
						|
.Ic detach-client
 | 
						|
.Fl P ) .
 | 
						|
.It lost tty
 | 
						|
The client's
 | 
						|
.Xr tty 4
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Xr pty 4
 | 
						|
was unexpectedly destroyed.
 | 
						|
.It terminated
 | 
						|
The client was killed with
 | 
						|
.Dv SIGTERM .
 | 
						|
.It too far behind
 | 
						|
The client is in control mode and became unable to keep up with the data from
 | 
						|
.Nm .
 | 
						|
.It exited
 | 
						|
The server exited when it had no sessions.
 | 
						|
.It server exited
 | 
						|
The server exited when it received
 | 
						|
.Dv SIGTERM .
 | 
						|
.It server exited unexpectedly
 | 
						|
The server crashed or otherwise exited without telling the client the reason.
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Sh TERMINFO EXTENSIONS
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
understands some unofficial extensions to
 | 
						|
.Xr terminfo 5 .
 | 
						|
It is not normally necessary to set these manually, instead the
 | 
						|
.Ic terminal-features
 | 
						|
option should be used.
 | 
						|
.Bl -tag -width Ds
 | 
						|
.It Em \&AX
 | 
						|
An existing extension that tells
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
the terminal supports default colours.
 | 
						|
.It Em \&Bidi
 | 
						|
Tell
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
that the terminal supports the VTE bidirectional text extensions.
 | 
						|
.It Em \&Cs , Cr
 | 
						|
Set the cursor colour.
 | 
						|
The first takes a single string argument and is used to set the colour;
 | 
						|
the second takes no arguments and restores the default cursor colour.
 | 
						|
If set, a sequence such as this may be used
 | 
						|
to change the cursor colour from inside
 | 
						|
.Nm :
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
$ printf \[aq]\e033]12;red\e033\e\e\[aq]
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The colour is an
 | 
						|
.Xr X 7
 | 
						|
colour, see
 | 
						|
.Xr XParseColor 3 .
 | 
						|
.It Em \&Cmg, \&Clmg, \&Dsmg , \&Enmg
 | 
						|
Set, clear, disable or enable DECSLRM margins.
 | 
						|
These are set automatically if the terminal reports it is
 | 
						|
.Em VT420
 | 
						|
compatible.
 | 
						|
.It Em \&Dsbp , \&Enbp
 | 
						|
Disable and enable bracketed paste.
 | 
						|
These are set automatically if the
 | 
						|
.Em XT
 | 
						|
capability is present.
 | 
						|
.It Em \&Dseks , \&Eneks
 | 
						|
Disable and enable extended keys.
 | 
						|
.It Em \&Dsfcs , \&Enfcs
 | 
						|
Disable and enable focus reporting.
 | 
						|
These are set automatically if the
 | 
						|
.Em XT
 | 
						|
capability is present.
 | 
						|
.It Em \&Hls
 | 
						|
Set or clear a hyperlink annotation.
 | 
						|
.It Em \&Nobr
 | 
						|
Tell
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
that the terminal does not use bright colors for bold display.
 | 
						|
.It Em \&Rect
 | 
						|
Tell
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
that the terminal supports rectangle operations.
 | 
						|
.It Em \&Smol
 | 
						|
Enable the overline attribute.
 | 
						|
.It Em \&Smulx
 | 
						|
Set a styled underscore.
 | 
						|
The single parameter is one of: 0 for no underscore, 1 for normal
 | 
						|
underscore, 2 for double underscore, 3 for curly underscore, 4 for dotted
 | 
						|
underscore and 5 for dashed underscore.
 | 
						|
.It Em \&Setulc , \&Setulc1, \&ol
 | 
						|
Set the underscore colour or reset to the default.
 | 
						|
.Em Setulc
 | 
						|
is for RGB colours and
 | 
						|
.Em Setulc1
 | 
						|
for ANSI or 256 colours.
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Em Setulc
 | 
						|
argument is (red * 65536) + (green * 256) + blue where each is between 0
 | 
						|
and 255.
 | 
						|
.It Em \&Ss , Se
 | 
						|
Set or reset the cursor style.
 | 
						|
If set, a sequence such as this may be used
 | 
						|
to change the cursor to an underline:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
$ printf \[aq]\e033[4 q\[aq]
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
If
 | 
						|
.Em Se
 | 
						|
is not set, \&Ss with argument 0 will be used to reset the cursor style instead.
 | 
						|
.It Em \&Swd
 | 
						|
Set the opening sequence for the working directory notification.
 | 
						|
The sequence is terminated using the standard
 | 
						|
.Em fsl
 | 
						|
capability.
 | 
						|
.It Em \&Sxl
 | 
						|
Indicates that the terminal supports SIXEL.
 | 
						|
.It Em \&Sync
 | 
						|
Start (parameter is 1) or end (parameter is 2) a synchronized update.
 | 
						|
.It Em \&Tc
 | 
						|
Indicate that the terminal supports the
 | 
						|
.Ql direct colour
 | 
						|
RGB escape sequence (for example, \ee[38;2;255;255;255m).
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
If supported, this is used for the initialize colour escape sequence (which
 | 
						|
may be enabled by adding the
 | 
						|
.Ql initc
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ql ccc
 | 
						|
capabilities to the
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
.Xr terminfo 5
 | 
						|
entry).
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
This is equivalent to the
 | 
						|
.Em RGB
 | 
						|
.Xr terminfo 5
 | 
						|
capability.
 | 
						|
.It Em \&Ms
 | 
						|
Store the current buffer in the host terminal's selection (clipboard).
 | 
						|
See the
 | 
						|
.Em set-clipboard
 | 
						|
option above and the
 | 
						|
.Xr xterm 1
 | 
						|
man page.
 | 
						|
.It Em \&XT
 | 
						|
This is an existing extension capability that tmux uses to mean that the
 | 
						|
terminal supports the
 | 
						|
.Xr xterm 1
 | 
						|
title set sequences and to automatically set some of the capabilities above.
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Sh CONTROL MODE
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
offers a textual interface called
 | 
						|
.Em control mode .
 | 
						|
This allows applications to communicate with
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
using a simple text-only protocol.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
In control mode, a client sends
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
commands or command sequences terminated by newlines on standard input.
 | 
						|
Each command will produce one block of output on standard output.
 | 
						|
An output block consists of a
 | 
						|
.Em %begin
 | 
						|
line followed by the output (which may be empty).
 | 
						|
The output block ends with a
 | 
						|
.Em %end
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Em %error .
 | 
						|
.Em %begin
 | 
						|
and matching
 | 
						|
.Em %end
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Em %error
 | 
						|
have three arguments: an integer time (as seconds from epoch), command number
 | 
						|
and flags (currently not used).
 | 
						|
For example:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
%begin 1363006971 2 1
 | 
						|
0: ksh* (1 panes) [80x24] [layout b25f,80x24,0,0,2] @2 (active)
 | 
						|
%end 1363006971 2 1
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Ic refresh-client
 | 
						|
.Fl C
 | 
						|
command may be used to set the size of a client in control mode.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
In control mode,
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
outputs notifications.
 | 
						|
A notification will never occur inside an output block.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
The following notifications are defined:
 | 
						|
.Bl -tag -width Ds
 | 
						|
.It Ic %client-detached Ar client
 | 
						|
The client has detached.
 | 
						|
.It Ic %client-session-changed Ar client session-id name
 | 
						|
The client is now attached to the session with ID
 | 
						|
.Ar session-id ,
 | 
						|
which is named
 | 
						|
.Ar name .
 | 
						|
.It Ic %config-error Ar error
 | 
						|
An error has happened in a configuration file.
 | 
						|
.It Ic %continue Ar pane-id
 | 
						|
The pane has been continued after being paused (if the
 | 
						|
.Ar pause-after
 | 
						|
flag is set, see
 | 
						|
.Ic refresh-client
 | 
						|
.Fl A ) .
 | 
						|
.It Ic %exit Op Ar reason
 | 
						|
The
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
client is exiting immediately, either because it is not attached to any session
 | 
						|
or an error occurred.
 | 
						|
If present,
 | 
						|
.Ar reason
 | 
						|
describes why the client exited.
 | 
						|
.It Ic %extended-output Ar pane-id Ar age Ar ... \&  : Ar value
 | 
						|
New form of
 | 
						|
.Ic %output
 | 
						|
sent when the
 | 
						|
.Ar pause-after
 | 
						|
flag is set.
 | 
						|
.Ar age
 | 
						|
is the time in milliseconds for which tmux had buffered the output before it
 | 
						|
was sent.
 | 
						|
Any subsequent arguments up until a single
 | 
						|
.Ql \&:
 | 
						|
are for future use and should be ignored.
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic %layout-change
 | 
						|
.Ar window-id
 | 
						|
.Ar window-layout
 | 
						|
.Ar window-visible-layout
 | 
						|
.Ar window-flags
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
The layout of a window with ID
 | 
						|
.Ar window-id
 | 
						|
changed.
 | 
						|
The new layout is
 | 
						|
.Ar window-layout .
 | 
						|
The window's visible layout is
 | 
						|
.Ar window-visible-layout
 | 
						|
and the window flags are
 | 
						|
.Ar window-flags .
 | 
						|
.It Ic %message Ar message
 | 
						|
A message sent with the
 | 
						|
.Ic display-message
 | 
						|
command.
 | 
						|
.It Ic %output Ar pane-id Ar value
 | 
						|
A window pane produced output.
 | 
						|
.Ar value
 | 
						|
escapes non-printable characters and backslash as octal \\xxx.
 | 
						|
.It Ic %pane-mode-changed Ar pane-id
 | 
						|
The pane with ID
 | 
						|
.Ar pane-id
 | 
						|
has changed mode.
 | 
						|
.It Ic %paste-buffer-changed Ar name
 | 
						|
Paste buffer
 | 
						|
.Ar name
 | 
						|
has been changed.
 | 
						|
.It Ic %paste-buffer-deleted Ar name
 | 
						|
Paste buffer
 | 
						|
.Ar name
 | 
						|
has been deleted.
 | 
						|
.It Ic %pause Ar pane-id
 | 
						|
The pane has been paused (if the
 | 
						|
.Ar pause-after
 | 
						|
flag is set).
 | 
						|
.It Ic %session-changed Ar session-id Ar name
 | 
						|
The client is now attached to the session with ID
 | 
						|
.Ar session-id ,
 | 
						|
which is named
 | 
						|
.Ar name .
 | 
						|
.It Ic %session-renamed Ar name
 | 
						|
The current session was renamed to
 | 
						|
.Ar name .
 | 
						|
.It Ic %session-window-changed Ar session-id Ar window-id
 | 
						|
The session with ID
 | 
						|
.Ar session-id
 | 
						|
changed its active window to the window with ID
 | 
						|
.Ar window-id .
 | 
						|
.It Ic %sessions-changed
 | 
						|
A session was created or destroyed.
 | 
						|
.It Xo Ic %subscription-changed
 | 
						|
.Ar name
 | 
						|
.Ar session-id
 | 
						|
.Ar window-id
 | 
						|
.Ar window-index
 | 
						|
.Ar pane-id ... \&  :
 | 
						|
.Ar value
 | 
						|
.Xc
 | 
						|
The value of the format associated with subscription
 | 
						|
.Ar name
 | 
						|
has changed to
 | 
						|
.Ar value .
 | 
						|
See
 | 
						|
.Ic refresh-client
 | 
						|
.Fl B .
 | 
						|
Any arguments after
 | 
						|
.Ar pane-id
 | 
						|
up until a single
 | 
						|
.Ql \&:
 | 
						|
are for future use and should be ignored.
 | 
						|
.It Ic %unlinked-window-add Ar window-id
 | 
						|
The window with ID
 | 
						|
.Ar window-id
 | 
						|
was created but is not linked to the current session.
 | 
						|
.It Ic %unlinked-window-close Ar window-id
 | 
						|
The window with ID
 | 
						|
.Ar window-id ,
 | 
						|
which is not linked to the current session, was closed.
 | 
						|
.It Ic %unlinked-window-renamed Ar window-id
 | 
						|
The window with ID
 | 
						|
.Ar window-id ,
 | 
						|
which is not linked to the current session, was renamed.
 | 
						|
.It Ic %window-add Ar window-id
 | 
						|
The window with ID
 | 
						|
.Ar window-id
 | 
						|
was linked to the current session.
 | 
						|
.It Ic %window-close Ar window-id
 | 
						|
The window with ID
 | 
						|
.Ar window-id
 | 
						|
closed.
 | 
						|
.It Ic %window-pane-changed Ar window-id Ar pane-id
 | 
						|
The active pane in the window with ID
 | 
						|
.Ar window-id
 | 
						|
changed to the pane with ID
 | 
						|
.Ar pane-id .
 | 
						|
.It Ic %window-renamed Ar window-id Ar name
 | 
						|
The window with ID
 | 
						|
.Ar window-id
 | 
						|
was renamed to
 | 
						|
.Ar name .
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Sh ENVIRONMENT
 | 
						|
When
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
is started, it inspects the following environment variables:
 | 
						|
.Bl -tag -width LC_CTYPE
 | 
						|
.It Ev EDITOR
 | 
						|
If the command specified in this variable contains the string
 | 
						|
.Ql vi
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ev VISUAL
 | 
						|
is unset, use vi-style key bindings.
 | 
						|
Overridden by the
 | 
						|
.Ic mode-keys
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ic status-keys
 | 
						|
options.
 | 
						|
.It Ev HOME
 | 
						|
The user's login directory.
 | 
						|
If unset, the
 | 
						|
.Xr passwd 5
 | 
						|
database is consulted.
 | 
						|
.It Ev LC_CTYPE
 | 
						|
The character encoding
 | 
						|
.Xr locale 1 .
 | 
						|
It is used for two separate purposes.
 | 
						|
For output to the terminal, UTF-8 is used if the
 | 
						|
.Fl u
 | 
						|
option is given or if
 | 
						|
.Ev LC_CTYPE
 | 
						|
contains
 | 
						|
.Qq UTF-8
 | 
						|
or
 | 
						|
.Qq UTF8 .
 | 
						|
Otherwise, only ASCII characters are written and non-ASCII characters
 | 
						|
are replaced with underscores
 | 
						|
.Pq Ql _ .
 | 
						|
For input,
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
always runs with a UTF-8 locale.
 | 
						|
If en_US.UTF-8 is provided by the operating system, it is used and
 | 
						|
.Ev LC_CTYPE
 | 
						|
is ignored for input.
 | 
						|
Otherwise,
 | 
						|
.Ev LC_CTYPE
 | 
						|
tells
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
what the UTF-8 locale is called on the current system.
 | 
						|
If the locale specified by
 | 
						|
.Ev LC_CTYPE
 | 
						|
is not available or is not a UTF-8 locale,
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
exits with an error message.
 | 
						|
.It Ev LC_TIME
 | 
						|
The date and time format
 | 
						|
.Xr locale 1 .
 | 
						|
It is used for locale-dependent
 | 
						|
.Xr strftime 3
 | 
						|
format specifiers.
 | 
						|
.It Ev PWD
 | 
						|
The current working directory to be set in the global environment.
 | 
						|
This may be useful if it contains symbolic links.
 | 
						|
If the value of the variable does not match the current working
 | 
						|
directory, the variable is ignored and the result of
 | 
						|
.Xr getcwd 3
 | 
						|
is used instead.
 | 
						|
.It Ev SHELL
 | 
						|
The absolute path to the default shell for new windows.
 | 
						|
See the
 | 
						|
.Ic default-shell
 | 
						|
option for details.
 | 
						|
.It Ev TMUX_TMPDIR
 | 
						|
The parent directory of the directory containing the server sockets.
 | 
						|
See the
 | 
						|
.Fl L
 | 
						|
option for details.
 | 
						|
.It Ev VISUAL
 | 
						|
If the command specified in this variable contains the string
 | 
						|
.Ql vi ,
 | 
						|
use vi-style key bindings.
 | 
						|
Overridden by the
 | 
						|
.Ic mode-keys
 | 
						|
and
 | 
						|
.Ic status-keys
 | 
						|
options.
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Sh FILES
 | 
						|
.Bl -tag -width "/etc/tmux.confXXX" -compact
 | 
						|
.It Pa \[ti]/.tmux.conf
 | 
						|
Default
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
configuration file.
 | 
						|
.It Pa /etc/tmux.conf
 | 
						|
System-wide configuration file.
 | 
						|
.El
 | 
						|
.Sh EXAMPLES
 | 
						|
To create a new
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
session running
 | 
						|
.Xr vi 1 :
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Dl $ tmux new-session vi
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Most commands have a shorter form, known as an alias.
 | 
						|
For new-session, this is
 | 
						|
.Ic new :
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Dl $ tmux new vi
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Alternatively, the shortest unambiguous form of a command is accepted.
 | 
						|
If there are several options, they are listed:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
$ tmux n
 | 
						|
ambiguous command: n, could be: new-session, new-window, next-window
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Within an active session, a new window may be created by typing
 | 
						|
.Ql C-b c
 | 
						|
(Ctrl
 | 
						|
followed by the
 | 
						|
.Ql b
 | 
						|
key
 | 
						|
followed by the
 | 
						|
.Ql c
 | 
						|
key).
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Windows may be navigated with:
 | 
						|
.Ql C-b 0
 | 
						|
(to select window 0),
 | 
						|
.Ql C-b 1
 | 
						|
(to select window 1), and so on;
 | 
						|
.Ql C-b n
 | 
						|
to select the next window; and
 | 
						|
.Ql C-b p
 | 
						|
to select the previous window.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
A session may be detached using
 | 
						|
.Ql C-b d
 | 
						|
(or by an external event such as
 | 
						|
.Xr ssh 1
 | 
						|
disconnection) and reattached with:
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
.Dl $ tmux attach-session
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Typing
 | 
						|
.Ql C-b \&?
 | 
						|
lists the current key bindings in the current window; up and down may be used
 | 
						|
to navigate the list or
 | 
						|
.Ql q
 | 
						|
to exit from it.
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Commands to be run when the
 | 
						|
.Nm
 | 
						|
server is started may be placed in the
 | 
						|
.Pa \[ti]/.tmux.conf
 | 
						|
configuration file.
 | 
						|
Common examples include:
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Changing the default prefix key:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
set-option -g prefix C-a
 | 
						|
unbind-key C-b
 | 
						|
bind-key C-a send-prefix
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Turning the status line off, or changing its colour:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
set-option -g status off
 | 
						|
set-option -g status-style bg=blue
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Setting other options, such as the default command,
 | 
						|
or locking after 30 minutes of inactivity:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
set-option -g default-command "exec /bin/ksh"
 | 
						|
set-option -g lock-after-time 1800
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Pp
 | 
						|
Creating new key bindings:
 | 
						|
.Bd -literal -offset indent
 | 
						|
bind-key b set-option status
 | 
						|
bind-key / command-prompt "split-window \[aq]exec man %%\[aq]"
 | 
						|
bind-key S command-prompt "new-window -n %1 \[aq]ssh %1\[aq]"
 | 
						|
.Ed
 | 
						|
.Sh SEE ALSO
 | 
						|
.Xr pty 4
 | 
						|
.Sh AUTHORS
 | 
						|
.An Nicholas Marriott Aq Mt nicholas.marriott@gmail.com
 |